govt. of karnataka syllabus 2009... · 04 properties of solids & liquids 10 hrs 05 heat &...

Govt. of Karnataka

Department of Technical Education

Diploma Course in Computer Science & Engineering/Information Science & Engineering

First Semester (Scheme of Study & Examination) w.e.f. 2009-10

Q P CODE Theory Subjects

Contact Hours

Exam

Duratio

n

Scheme of Examination

Total

Mark

s

Min

Marks

For

Passin

g

Theo

ry

Practica

l

Tota

l

End Exam

I A

Mark

s

Max

mark

s

Min

Mark

s

9SC01M

Applied

Mathematics - I 4

4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9SC03S Applied Science 5

5 3 100 35 25 125 45

9CS13

Concepts of

Electrical &

Electronic

Engineering 4

4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9CS14

Introduction to

Computer

Concepts 4

4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Practicals

9SC10P

Applied Science

Lab

6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

9CS16P

Basic Electronics

lab

6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

9CS17P

Basic Computer

Skills lab

6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

Total 17 18 35

700 290 175 875 360

Govt. of Karnataka


Diploma Course in Computer Science & Engineering/Information Science & Engineering

Second Semester (Scheme of Study & Examination) w.e.f. 2009-10

Q P

CODE Theory Subjects

Contact Hours

Exam

Duratio

n


Total

Mark

s

Min

Marks

For

Passin

g

Theor

y

Practica

l

Tota

l

End Exam

I A

Mark

s

Max

mark

s

Min

Mark

s

9SC02M

Applied

Mathematics-II 4

4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9CP01E

English

Communication 4

4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9EC02E Digital Electronics 4

4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9CS01C

Programming with

C 4

4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Practicals

9EC26P Digital Lab

6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

9CS26P

Programming with

C Lab

6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

9CS27P Multimedia Lab

6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

Total 16 18 34

700 290 175 875 360

**Common to E&C, EI&C,CS, IS

Govt. of Karnataka


Diploma in Information Science & Engineering

Third Semester

Scheme of Study and Examination

(With effect from 2010-2011)

Sl.

No. Subjects Q P CODE

Contact Hours Exam.

Duration Scheme of Examination

Theory Pract. Total End Exam.

Max. Marks

Min.

passing

Marks

I. A.

Marks

**

Total

Max.

Marks

Min Marks for

passing

(with IA)

Theory

1 Analysis and design of

Algorithm

9IS31 4 4 3 100 35 25 125

45

2 Data Structures Using

C

9CS32 4 4 3 100 35 25 125

45

3 Computer Networks 9CS33 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Practical

4 Data Structures lab 9CS34P 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

5 Analysis and design of

Algorithm Lab

9IS35P 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

6 Graphical User

Interface lab

9CS36P 6 6 3 100 50 25 125

60

7 Web Design lab 9CS37P 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

12 24 36 700 340 175 875 375

Govt. of Karnataka



Fourth Semester

Scheme of Study and Examination

(With effect from 2010-2011)

Sl.

No. Subjects Q P CODE

Contact Hours Exam.

Duration Scheme of Examination

Theory Pract. Total End Exam.

Max. Marks

Min.

passing

Marks

I. A.

Marks

**

Total

Max.

Marks

Min Marks for

passing

(with IA)

Theory

1 OOP with C++ 9CS41 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

2 Database

Management

Systems

9CS42

4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

3 Information System

and Managerial

Issues

9IS43

4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

4 Software

Engineering

9CS44 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Practical

5 OOP with C++ lab 9CS45P 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

6 DBMS lab 9CS46P 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

7 Linux lab 9CS47P 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

16 18 34 700 290 175 875 360

DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION

DIPLOMA COURSE IN INFORMATION SCIENCE & ENGINEERING

FIFTH SEMESTER

SCHEME OF STUDY AND EXAMINATION

W.E.F : 2011-12

Q P CODE SUBJECT

CONTACT HOURS EXAM

DURATIO

N

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION TOTAL

MAX

MARK

S

MIN.

MARKS

FOR

PASSING THY PRACT TOTAL

END EXAM

MAX.

MARKS

MIN.

MARKS

I.A.

MARKS

9CS51

Basic Management

Skills & Indian

constitution.

4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9CS52 Programming with

Java 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9CS53 Web Programming 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

PRACTICALS

9IS54P Programming with

Java Lab 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

9IS55P Web Programming

Lab 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

9IS56P CASP 6 6 3 50 25 75 125 60

9IS57P Project Work – I 3 3 - - - 25 25 -

TOTAL 12 21 33 550 230 225 775 315


DIPLOMA COURSE IN INFORMATION SCIENCE & ENGINEERING

SIXTH SEMESTER

SCHEME OF STUDY AND EXAMINATION

W.E.F : 2011-12

Q P

CODE SUBJECT

CONTACT HOURS

EXAM

DURAT

ION IN

HRS

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

TOTAL

MAX

MARKS

MIN.

MARKS

FOR

PASSING

WITH IA

MARKS

THY PRACT TOTAL

END EXAM

MAX.

MARKS

MIN.

PASS

MARKS

I.A.

MARKS

9CS61 Software Testing 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9IS61

Advance DBMS 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Elective (Any One)

4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9CS63EA 1) Information Storage

and Management

9CS63EB 2) Mobile Computing

9CS62 3) Network Security &

Management

Practical’s

9IS62P Software Testing

Lab - 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

9IS63P

PL/SQL Lab - 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

S64P Project Work-II - 3 3 3 100 50

25

125 60

TOTAL 12 15 27 600 255 150 750 315

Equipments for Computer Science Labs to Implement I & II Sem CS

for an Intake of 60 Students

Computer LabSN Equipment Nos

1 Computer Server with minimum 16 GB RAM 2

(Linux and Windows domains)

2 Thin clients (VXL, Enjay, HCL, any other) 40

3 P4 systems with latest configurations with speakers 20

4 Laser Printers 6

5 Type of Networking (Structured) with cat 6e / wireless

6 24 Port switches / Wireless Router 3

7 I/o Boxes for networking As required

8 Broad Band Connection (on Servers) 1

Note : Student : Computer ratio in labs should be strictly 1:1

Softwares : Linux, Windows Server (latest edition), Open office/Star office/MS-office, Flash, Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator, Turbo C++/Dev C++

Equipments for Information Science Labs to Implement I & II Sem IS

for an Intake of 60 Students

Computer LabSN Equipment Nos

1 Computer Server with minimum 16 GB RAM 2

(Linux and Windows domains)

2 Thin clients (VXL, Enjay, HCL, any other) or 40

3 P4 systems with latest configurations with speakers 20

4 Laser Printers 6

5 Type of Networking (Structured) with cat 6e / wireless

6 24 Port switches / Wireless Router 3

7 I/o Boxes for networking As required

8 Broad Band Connection (on Servers) 1

Note : Student : Computer ratio in labs should be strictly 1:1


GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS

Second SemesterDiploma

APPLIED SCIENCE (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:

CURRICULAUM contact Hours -5Hrs/week Unit No Name of the chapter No of Hr

01 Units, Dimensions & Measurements 06 Hrs

02 Basics of Dynamics 06 Hrs

03 Basics of Statics 06 Hrs

04 Properties of solids & liquids 10 Hrs

05 Heat & Properties of gases 05Hrs

06 Wave Motion 12 Hrs

07 Physical Optics 12 Hrs

08 Modern Physics 09 Hrs

09 Engg. Chemistry 08 Hrs

Test & Assignments 06 Hrs

TOTAL 80 Hrs

Note: For setting of question paper,

Unit No. 01, 02 and 03 ------------- Section A

Unit No.04, 05 and 06 --------------- Section B

Unit No.07, 08 and 09 ---------------- Section C

Also refer table of specification

APPLIED SCIENCE (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:

CONTENTS Unit No 01

Units, Dimensions & Measurements : ( 6 Hrs)

Physical quantity, Fundamental & derived Physical quantities, Unit of physical quantity, systems

of units, fundamental & derived units, S.I units, Basic quantities , their S.I units, & symbols,

supplementary quantities, their S.I units & symbols, Prefixes for multiples & sub multiples with

their symbols, Advantages of S.I units.

Dimensions of a physical quantity examples:- Steps to write dimensions, Dimensional formula

Dimensional equation, Applications of dimensional equation, Limitations

( Disadvantages) of dimensional equations ( analysis).

Measurement:- Principle of vernier, Neat diagram of slide calipers & its parts, Zero error & its

correction, Least count, Reading MSR & VSR (CVD), use of vernier calipers for measurements,

problems on vernier calipers.

Principle of screw & nut ( Micrometer principle ), Neat diagram of screw gauge & its parts,

Zero error, zero correction, Pitch, least count, reading PSR & HSR, use of screw gauge for

measurements, problems on screw gauge.

Unit No 02

Basics of Dynamics ( 6 Hrs)

Recapitulation of equations of motion, Newton’s Ist law of motion, Force, basic forces in motion,

gravitational force, electrostatic force, electromagnetic force, nuclear force, Difference between

strong interaction & weak interaction, Inertia, types of inertia ( inertia of rest, inertia of motion,

inertial of direction ), Momentum, Newton’s IInd

law of motion, measurement of force using

second law, simple problems on F = ma and equations of motion, Impulse of force, Impulse as the

product of force and time, also impulse as the difference of momentum, examples of impulse,

simple problems on impulse, Newtons IIIrd

law of motion and its examples. Law of conservation

of momentum, Statement, proof of this law using Newton’s laws, simple problems

Friction:- Cause of friction, types of friction, static friction, limiting friction, kinetic friction,

rolling friction, sliding friction,, laws of limiting friction ,coefficient of friction advantages and

disadvantages of friction, preventive methods of friction,

Unit No 03

Basics of Statics ( 6 Hrs):-

Scalar & Vector quantities with examples, geometrical representation of a vector, concurrent &

parallel vectors, Resultant, equilibrium & equilibrant of vectors,

Law of parallelogram of vectors:- Statement, explanation, expressions for magnitude & direction

of the resultant of two concurrent vectors, simple problems, resolution of vectors, explanation,

simple problems, Law of triangle of vectors, explanation, converse of law of triangle of vectors,

law of polygon of vectors, explanation.

Lami,s theorem -Explanation, Experiments to verify law of parallelogram of forces, converse of

law of triangle of forces, & Lami’s theorem. Problems on above laws.

Moment of a force, positive & negative moments, parallel forces, Like & unlike parallel

forces, couple, moment of a couple, practical examples of couple, work done by a couple

( equation only), Resultant of two like & unlike parallel forces, condition of equilibrium of

coplanar parallel forces, Experiment to verify the conditions of equilibrium of co-planar parallel

forces. Problems

Unit No 04

Properties of Solids and Liquids ( 10 Hrs):-

Plasticity and Elasticity, examples, Deformation in bodies by the action of external forces,

Stress, Types of stress, Tensile stress, example, Compressive stress, example, Shear stress,

example, Strain, Types of strain, Tensile strain-examples, Volume strain-examples, Shear strain-

examples, Hooke’s Law, Stress-strain graph with explanation.., Elastic co-efficient Modulus of

elasticity, Young’s modulus of elasticity-formula, Bulk modulus of elasticity-Formula, Rigidity

modulus of elasticity-formula, Explanation of factor of safety Compressibility, Poisson’s ratio

,Experiment to determine Young’s modulus of elasticity by Searle’s method, problems.

Properties of Liquids: Liquid thrust, Pressure, Expression for pressure at a point inside a liquid,

simple problems, Cohesion, Adhesion, nature of meniscus and angle of contact – examples,.

Surface Tension-Explanation, formula unit and dimension, practical examples of surface tension,

applications of surface tension,

Factors affecting surface tension, capillarity and its applications, expression for surface tension in

case of capillary rise, Determination of surface tension by capillary rise method, simple problems.

Viscosity- Explanation with example, viscous force, factors affecting viscosity of gasses and

liquids, co-efficient of viscosity , SI unit and dimensions, Experiment to determine co-efficient of

viscosity by Poisulle’s method, Applications of viscosity, simple problems.

Unit No 05

Heat and properties of gases (5 Hrs):-

Heat, temperature, S.I units, difference between heat and temperature, calorie.

Modes of transform of heat:- Conduction, Convection, Radiation examples, good conductors of

heat & insulators, examples, Applications of conduction, convection & radiation.

Specific heat of a substance S.I unit, Heat capacity ( thermal capacity or specific heat capacity

of body)

Boyle’s law, statement & mathematical form, Gay-Lussac’s law Statement and expression,

Charles law, Statement and expression, Absolute (Kelvin) scale of temperature, conversion

formula to Celsius scale from absolute scale,

Perfect gas equation (combined gas equation), Specific heat of gas at constant volume

(Cv ) Specific heat of gas at constant pressure (Cp ), relation between Cp & Cv

[ (i) ratio of specific heat (ii) Meyer’s relation ( no derivation) ]

Thermodynamics Isothermal process, Adiabatic process. Laws of thermodynamics. Problems on

gas laws.

Unit No 06

Wave motion (12 Hrs)

Vibratory motion, periodic motion, definitions of period, frequency, and amplitude for a vibrating

particle, Simple Harmonic Motion, Explanation of SHM(motion of the foot of the

perpendicular),Obtaining expression for displacement, velocity and acceleration of a body

executing SHM,

Wave Motion- Explanation of a wave and wave motion with examples, definitions of wave

velocity, wave period, wave frequency, and wave length, derivation of V = nλ problems. Types of

waves transverse and longitudinal waves with examples, mechanical and non mechanical waves

with examples. Mode of transfer of longitudinal waves

( sound wave) in air. Velocity sound in a gas, Newton’s assumptions and formula Laplace’s

assumptions and corrected formula. Effect of temperature, pressure and humidity on the velocity of

sound, problems. Stationary waves with examples, characteristics of stationary waves.

Resonance. Explanation of free, forced vibrations with examples. Explanation of resonance,

practical examples of resonance. Experiment to determine velocity of sound in air by resonance air

column method. Problems.

Beats, Beat frequency, applications of beats, problems.

Laws of transverse vibrations of stretched strings statements of the laws with relevant formula.

Experiments to determine frequency of the tuning fork using sonometer by

(i)Absolute method and (ii) Comparison method. Problems

Musical note and Noise:- examples , characteristics of musical note.

Acoustics of buildings Echo, Reverberation, Interference, resonance. Reverberation time.

Sabine’s formula and explanation, absorption coefficient of materials. Remedies for defects.

Unit No 07

Physical Optics (12 Hrs)

Introduction to theories of light, Newton’s corpuscular theory, Huygens wave theory,

Maxwell’s electromagnetic theory, Planck’s quantum theory, Dual nature of radiation.

Interference, theory of interference, Amplitude of resultant wave, condition for constructive

interference, condition for destructive interference, condition for sustained interference, Young’s

double slit experiment, expressions for path difference and fringe width, intensity distribution in

interference fringe, simple problem on fringe width & path difference.

Diffraction, classification diffraction, Fresenel’s diffraction, Fraunhoffer diffraction, difference

between them, Huygen’s principal, wave front, diffraction with white light, difference between

Interference and Diffraction, Concept of resolving power of an optical instrument, Rayleigh

criteria, Resolving power of a microscope, and its expressions in terms of wave length, resolving

power of telescope, expression for resolving power of in terms of wave length, simple problems.

Polarisation:-Introduction, experiment to demonstrate the transverse nature of light.

Representation of polarized and un-polarized light. Plane of vibration and plane of polarization.

Methods of producing plane polarized light. Polarization by reflection, Brewster’s law, Brewster’s

angle, formula for refractive index in terms of Brewster’s angle. Polarization by refraction.

Polaroids, uses of polaroids .

Unit No 08

Modern physics (9Hrs)

Methods of electronic emission

Thermo ionic emission, photoelectric emission, field emission, and secondary emission.

Experiment to study photoelectric effect, Experimental results ( four results). Four laws of

photoelectric emission, Einstein’s photoelectric equation.

Photoelectric cells, Photo emissive cells, Photo voltaic cells, Photo conductive cells. Applications

of photo electric cells. Electron microscope Principal of electron microscope, focusing by

magnetic lens, construction and working, uses of electron microscope, Atomic forced microscope

simple working of atomic forced microscope, advantages of atomic forced microscope over

electron microscope

Scattering of light:- Coherent scattering and incoherent scattering. Explanation of scattering.

Blue color of the sky. Blue color of water. Red color of sun during sun rise and sun set. White

color of clouds. Raman effect. Applications of Raman effect .

Lasers:- Induced absorption, spontaneous emission, stimulated emission. Principal of laser,

population inversion, optical pumping. Properties of lasers. Applications of lasers.

Radio activity:- Introduction, experiment to demonstrate three types of radiations. Properties

of three types of radiations. Applications of radio activity in the field of agriculture, medicine,

biology and geology.

Unit No 09

Engineering chemistry (8 Hrs)

Pollution:- Air pollution, air pollutants ( SO2 , H2S,HF,NO2, CO, dust), harmful effects. Acid

rain and its effects ( basic ideas). Other effects of air pollution, Green house effect, global

warming, effects of global warming, basic ideas, ozone layer, importance , causes of depletion of

ozone layers (no equation). Effects of ozone layer depletion control of air pollution

Water pollution, causes ( sewage, effluents, algae, micro organisms), their harmful effects. Their

control. Sewage problem and disposals

Corrosion, electrochemical theory of corrosion, formation of galvanic cells, concentration cells.

Methods of prevention of corrosion-Alloying, surfaced coating, galvanizing , electroplating,

anodizing, cathodic protection.

PH

of a solution, water as weak electrolyte, Hydrogen ions, hydroxyl ions. Acidic solution, basic

solution and neutral solution, concentration of H+ ions. Ionic product of pure of water, ionic

product of acidic, basic and neutral solution. PH

scale. PH

for neutral acidic and basic solution, PH

values of some important solutions. Applications of PH

Second Semester

Subject: APPLIED SCIENCE

code no:

Contact Hours:05Hrs/week Contact Hrs/Semister:80

Unit No.01 UNITS,DIMENSIONS AND MEASUREMENTS (6 Hrs)

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

1.1 To understand the concept of Physical Quantities and their units.

1.2 To understand the characteristics of different physical quantities.

1.3 To use appropriate measuring instruments

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVESS

1.1.1 Define a physical quantity

1.1.2 Distinguish between fundamental and derived physical quantity.

1.1.3 Define unit of a physical quantity.

1.1.4 List different system of units.

1.1.5 List the fundamental units .

1.1.6 List the derived units.

1.1.7 Define S.I units.

1.1.8 List the basic quantities.

1.1.9 Write the basic units and symbols for them.

1.1.10 List the supplementary units and symbols for them.

1.1.11 Write the supplementary units and symbols for them.

1.1.12 Write the prefix for multiples and submultiples in S.I system.

1.1.13 State the advantages of S.I units.

1.2.1 Define dimensions of physical quantity.

1.2.2 Write the examples of dimensions of physical quantities.

1.2.3 State the steps used for writing the dimension of a physical quantity.

1.2.4 Define dimensional equation (dimensional formula) for a physical quantity.

1.2.5 State the advantages of dimensional equation.

1.2.6 State the disadvantages (limitations) of dimensional equation.

1.3.1 Define measurement

1.3.2 List the instruments used to measure accurately.

1.3.3 Define the Least Count of measuring instruments.

1.3.4 Define principle of vernier.

1.3.5 Identify the parts of a slide calipers.

1.3.6 Explain about zero error and its correction in the case of slide calipers.

1.3.7 Define least count of vernier calipers.

1.3.8 Describe the measurement of MSR and VSR (CVD).

1.3.9 State the uses of vernier calipers

1.3.10 Solve measurement problems on vernier calipers.

1.3.11 Define principle of screw and nut (micrometer principle). .

1.3.12 Identify the parts of screw gauge and label its parts.

1.3.13 Explain for writing zero error and zero correction

1.3.14 Define pitch of a screw

1.3.15 Define least count of a screw gauge

1.3.16 Explain measurement of PSR and HSR for screw gauge.

1.3.17 Solve measurement problems on screw gauge..

Unit No.02 BASICS OF DYNAMICS 06 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

2.1 To revise equation of motion learnt in high school classes and to apply them to

Solve problems.

2.2 To comprehend Newton’s laws of motion.

2.3 To understand friction.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

2.1.1 Review four equations of motion

2.1.2 State the meaning of the quantities involved in equations

2.1.3 Solve problems on equations of motion

2.2.1 State Newton’s First law

2.2.2 Define force

2.2.3 Define gravitational force.

2.2.4 Define electrostatic force.

2.2.5 Define electromagnetic force.

2.2.6 Define nuclear force.

2.2.7 Differentiate between strong and weak interaction.

2.2.8 Define inertia.

2.2.9 Define intertia of rest.

2.2.10 Give examples for inertia of rest.

2.2.11 Define inertia of motion.

2.2.12 Give examples of inertia of motion.

2.2.13 Define inertia of direction.

2.2.14 Give examples of inertia of direction.

2.2.15 Define momentum.

2.2.16 State Newton’s Second law of motion.

2.2.17 Review F= ma

2.2.18 Solve problems on F= ma

2.2.19 Define impulse as a product of force and time.

2.2.20 Write S.I unit and dimensions of impulse.

2.2.21 Obtain impulse as a difference of momentum.

2.2.22 Write examples for impulse.

2.2.23 Solve problems on impulse.

2.2.24 State Newton’s Third law

2.2.25 Give examples for Third law.

2.2.26 State law of conservation of momentum.

2.2.27 Prove the law of conservation of momentum using Newton’s laws.

2.2.28 Solve simple problems.

2.3.1 Define friction.

2.3.2 Point out the causes of friction.

2.3.3 List the types of friction.

2.3.4 Define static friction.

2.3.5 Define limiting friction.

2.3.6 Define kinetic friction.

2.3.7 Define rolling friction.

2.3.8 Define sliding friction.

2.3.9 State four laws of limiting friction.

2.3.10 Define coefficient of friction.

2.3.11 Write the advantages of friction.

2.3.12 Write the disadvantages of friction.

2.3.13 Discuss the preventive method of friction.

Unit No. 03 BASICS OF STATICS 06 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

3.1 To understand the composition, resolution and equilibrium of vectors.

3.2 To understand moment of a force , couple and parallel coplanar forces.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

3.1.1 Define a scalar quantity with examples.

3.1.2 Define a vector quantity with examples.

3.1.3 Represent a vector quantity geometrically.

3.1.4 Define concurrent and nonconcurrent vectors.

3.1.5 Define resultant of a two or more concurrent vectors (forces).

3.1.6 Define equilibrium of vectors.

3.1.7 Define equilibrant.

3.1.8 Write the relation between resultant and equilibrant .

3.1.9 State and explain the law of parallelogram of vectors.

3.1.10 Obtain expressions for the magnitude and direction of the resultant of two vectors acting at

a point.

3.1.11 Explain resolution of vectors.

3.1.12 Solve problems on parallelogram law and resolution of vectors.

3.1.13 State and explain the converse of the law of triangle of vectors.

3.1.14 State and explain the law of polygon of vectors.

3.1.15 State and explain Lami’s theorem .

3.1.16 Describe experiments to verify the law of parallelogram of vectors and the converse of the

law of triangle of vectors and Lami’s theorem.

3.1.17 Solve problems on law of triangle of vectors,Lami’s theorem.

3.2.1 Define moment of force.

3.2.2 Write S I unit and dimensions of it.

3.2.3 Define positive and negative moment of force.

3.2.4 Define couple and moment of a couple.

3.2.5 Write practical applications of couple.

3.2.6 Define like and unlike parallel forces.

3.2.7 Explain the resultant of like parallel forces.

3.2.8 Explain the resultant of unlike parallel forces.

3.2.9 Explain the condition of equilibrium of number of coplanar parallel forces.

3.2.10 Describe an experiment to verify the conditions of equilibrium of parallel coplanar forces.

3.2.11 Solve problems on parallel forces.

Unit No.04 PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS 10 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

4.1 To understand the properties of solids.

4.2 To understand the properties of liquids.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

4.1.1 Explain solid as a state of matter.

4.1.2 Explain meaning of “deformation “ with examples.

4.1.3 Define elasticity with examples.

4.1.4 Explain the meaning of elastic limit.

4.1.5 Define plasticity with examples.

4.1.6 Define stress.

4.1.7 Write S.I unit and dimensions of stress.

4.1.8 Define Tensile stress with examples.

4.1.9 Define Volume stress with examples.

4.1.10 Define Shear stress with examples.

4.1.11 Define strain.

4.1.12 Define Tensile strain with examples.

4.1.13 Define Volume strain with examples.

4.1.14 Define Shear strain with examples.

4.1.15 State Hooke’s law.

4.1.16 Explain limitations of Hooke’s law.

4.1.17 Draw stress versus strain graph.

4.1.18 Explain the features of the graph.

4.1.19 Define coefficient of elasticity,(Modulus of elasticity)

4.1.20 Write formula of modulus of elasticity.

4.1.21 Define Young’s modulus and write its formula.

4.1.22 Write its S.I unit and dimensions.

4.1.23 Define Bulk modulus and write its formula .Write its SI unit and dimensions.

4.1.24 Define Rigidity modulus and write its formula.

4.1.25 Write its SI unit and dimensions.

4.1.26 Define factor of safety.

4.1.27 Write its formula.

4.1.28 Describe an experiment to determine Young’s modulus of a material using Searle’s

apparatus.

4.1.29 Solve problems.

4.2.1 Explain liquid as a state of matter.

4.2.2 Define Thrust and write its SI unit.

4.2.3 Define pressure and write its SI unit.

4.2.4 Derive an expression for the pressure at a point inside a liquid at rest.


4.2.6 Define adhesive forces with example.

4.2.7 Define cohesive forces with an example.

4.2.8 Explain the nature of meniscus with examples.

4.2.9 Define angle of contact with examples.

4.2.10 Explain surface tension on the basis of molecular theory.

4.2.11 Define surface tension.

4.2.12 Write the formula,SI unit and dimensions of it.

4.2.13 Give examples for the existence of surface tension.

4.2.14 Explain the factors affecting the surface tension.

4.2.15 Write the applications of surface tension.

4.2.16 Define capillary rise and capillarity.

4.2.17 Obtain an equation for surface tension in case of capillary rise.

4.2.18 Describe an experiment to determine surface tension of water by capillary rise method.


4.2.20 Explain the concept of friction in a liquid flow

4.2.21 Explain viscous force.

4.2.22 Define viscosity.

4.2.23 Explain the factors affecting viscous force.

4.2.24 Define coefficient of viscosity.

4.2.25 Write SI unit and dimensions of coefficient of viscosity.

4.2.26 Discuss the effect of temperature on viscosity of liquids and gases.

4.2.27 List the applications of viscosity.

4.2.28 Describe an experiment to determine viscosity of water by poissulle’s method.

Unit No.05 HEAT AND PROPERTIES OF GASES 05Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

5.1 To understand Heat and Temperature.

5.2 To study modes and Transmission of heat and their applications.

5.3 To study the specific heat of a substances.

5.4 To study gas laws and specific heat of gas.

5.5 To understand laws of Thermodynamics.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

5.1.1 Define heat.

5.1.2 List the sources of heat.

5.1.3 Define temperature.

5.1.4 Explain different scales of temperature.

5.1.5 Write the differences between heat and temperature.

5.1.6 Define calorie.

5.1.7 Define SI unit of heat - joule.

5.2.1 List the different modes of transmission of heat.

5.2.2 Define conduction.

5.2.3 List the applications of conduction.

5.2.4 Define good conductors of heat and insulators.

5.2.5 List the uses of good conductors and insulators,

5.2.6 Define convection.

5.2.7 Explain two types of convection.

5.2.8 List the applications of convection.

5.2.9 Define radiation.

5.2.10 List the applications of radiation.

5.3.1 Define and explain specific heat of substance.

5.3.2 Obtain the equation for specific heat of substance and write its SI unit.

5.3.3 List the values for specific heats of few materials commonly used.

5.3.4 Solve simple numerical problems on equation for specific heat.

5.4.1 State Boyle’s law.

5.4.2 Write the expressions of Boyle’s law.

5.4.3 State Charle’s law and write its mathematical expression.

5.4.4 State Gay-Lussac’s law and write its mathematical expression.

5.4.5 Explain the Absolute scale of temperature on the basis of Charle’s law ,give its graphical

representation.

5.4.6 Obtain combined gas equation and perfect gas equation.

5.4.7 Solve problems

5.4.8 Define specific heat of a gas at constant volume( Cv).

5.4.9 Define specific heat of a gas at constant pressure (Cp).

5.4.10 Write the relation between Cp and Cv ( i)ratio of specific heat. (ii) Meyer’s relation ( no

derivation.)

5.5.1 Define Isothermal process and Adiabatic process with reference to gas.

5.5.2 State First law of thermodynamics.

5.5.3 Write the mathematical expression of First law of thermodynamics.

5.5.4 State the Second law of thermodynamics.

5.5.5 List the application of Second law of thermodynamics.

Unit No.06 WAVE MOTION 12 Hrs

GNERAL OBJECTIVES

6.1 To understand Simple Hormonic Motion.

6.2 To understand wave motion.

6.3 To understand stationary waves ,resonance and beats.

6.4 To study transverse vibrations of stretched strings.

6.5 To know musical note and noise.

6.6 To study acoustics of buildings.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

6.1.1 Define vibratory motion with examples.

6.1.2 Define periodic motion with examples.

6.1.3 Explain and define Simple Hormonic Motion.

6.1.4 Obtain an expression for displacement,velocity and acceleration or a particle executing

SHM

6.1.5 Define period,frequency,amplitude in the case of vibrating particle.

6.2.1 Explain wave and wave motion with example.

6.2.2 Explain mechanical waves and electromagnetic waves with examples.

6.2.3 Define transverse waves with example.

6.2.4 Define longitudinal waves with example.

6.2.5 List the differences between transverse waves and longitudinal waves.

6.2.6 Define wave frequency,wave period,wave length,wave velocity,wave amplitude for a

wave.

6.2.7 Derive the relation V=nλ

6.2.8 Solve problems on the relation.

6.2.9 Explain propagation of sound in air.

6.2.10 Explain Newton’s assumptions for the velocity of sound in air (gas) and write formula.

6.2.11 Explain Laplace’s assumption for velocity of sound in air.

6.2.12 Write Newton - Laplace formula for the velocity of sound in a gas.

6.2.13 Discuss the effect of pressure ,temperature, humidity on the velocity of sound.

6.2.14 Solve problems on Newton - Laplace formula.

6.3.1 Define stationary waves.

6.3.2 List the characteristics of stationary waves.

6.3.3 Define free vibrations with examples.

6.3.4 Define forced vibrations with examples.

6.3.5 Define resonance with examples.

6.3.6 Describe an experiment to determine the velocity of sound in air at room temperature and

zero degree celsius by resonance air column method.


6.3.8 Define beats,beat frequency.

6.3.9 State applications of beats. Solve problems.

6.4.1 Explain the transverse vibrations of stretched strings.

6.4.2 State the three laws of transverse vibration of stretched strings with relevant formula.

6.4.3 Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of tuning fork by comparison method

using sonometer.

6.4.4 Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of tuning fork by absolute method

using sonometer.


6.5.1 Define musical note,noise.

6.5.2 List the differences between musical note and noise.

6.5.3 List the characteristics of musical note.

6.6.1 Explain acoustics with regards to buildings.

6.6,2 List the different types of defects of acoustics in buildings.

6.6.3 Define Echo,Reverberation,Intereference,Resonance.

6.6.4 Define Reverberation time.

6.6.5 Define absorptive coefficients of materials.

6.6.6 Write Sabine’s formula and explain the notations.

6.6.7 List the different remedies for defects.

6.6.8 Solve problems on Sabine’s formula.

Unit No.07 PHYSICAL OPTICS 12Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

7.1 To understand various theories of light.

7.2 To understand the concept of Interference.

7.3 To understand the concept of Diffraction .

7.4 To understand the concept of Polarisation.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

7.1.1 Explain Newton’s corpuscular theory.

7.1.2 Explain Huygen’s wave theory.

7.1.3 Explain Maxwell’s Electromagnetic theory.

7.1.4 Explain Planck’s quantum theory.

7.1.5 Explain dual nature of radiation (light).

7.2.1 Define interference.

7.2.2 Obtain the equation for resultant displacement.

7.2.3 Derive the equation for amplitude of the resultant wave.

7.2.4 Discuss the conditions for constructive interference.

7.2.5 Discuss the conditions for destructive interference.

7.2.6 List the conditions of sustained interference.

7.2.7 Explain Young’s double slit experiment.

7.2.8 Obtain expression for path difference.

7.2.9 Obtain expression for fringe width.

7.2.10 Explain the intensity distribution in interference fringe.

7.2.11 Solve simple problems on fringewidth and path difference.

7.3.1 Define diffraction.

7.3.2 Define Fresenel diffraction and Fraunhoffer diffraction.

7.3.3 Differentiate Fresenel diffraction and Fraunhoffer diffraction.

7.3.4 Explain Huygen’s principle related to wavefront.

7.3.5 Explain diffraction with white light.

7.3.6 Differentiate between interference and diffraction.

7.3.7 Explain the concept of resolving power of an optical instrument.

7.3.8 Explain Rayleigh’s criteria on resolving power.

7.3.9 Define limit of resolution and resolving power of a microscope.

in terms of wave length.

7.3.10 Define resolving power of a Telescope.

7.3.11 Write the formula for resolving power of Telescope interms of wavelength.

7.3.12 Solve simple problems.

7.4.1 Define Polarisation.

7.4.2 Describe an experiment to demonstrate the transverse nature of light.

7.4.3 Represent unpolarised and polarized light geometrically.

7.4.4 Define plane of vibration.

7.4.5 Define plane of polarization,..

7.4.6 Explain the method of polarization by reflection.

7.4.7 State Brewster’s law. Define Brewster’s angle.

7.4.8 Obtain equation for refractive index interms of Brewster’s angle.

7.4.9 Explain the method of polarization by refraction.

7.4.10 Explain the method of polarization by double refraction.

7.4.11 Explain polaroids.

7.4.12 List the use of polaroids.

Unit No.08 MODERN PHYSICS 09 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

8.1 To understand the emission of electrons.

8.2 To know the scattering of light.

8.3 To understand Lasers.

8.4 To understand radio-activity.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

8.1.1 Explain thermionic emission.

8.1.2 Explain photoelectric emission.

8.1.3 Explain Field emission.

8.1.4 Explain secondary emission.

8.1.5 Define photoelectric effect.

8.1.6 Describe an experiment to study photoelectric effect. Explain experimental results.

8.1.7 State four laws of photoelectric emission.

8.1.8 Write photoelectric equation.

8.1.9 Explain the quantities involved in it.

8.1.10 Explain photoemissive cell.

8.1.11 Explain photovoltaic cell.

8.1.12 Explain photoconductive cell.

8.1.13 List the applications of photoelectric cells.

8.1.14 Explain the principle of electrons microscope.

8.1.15 Explain the method of focusing by magnetic lens.

8.1.16 Explain the construction and working.

8.1.17 List the uses of electron microscope.

8.1.18 Explain the working of Atomic Focus Microscope.

8.1.19 Write the advantages of Atomic Focus Microscope.

8.2.1 Explain coherent scattering.

8.2.2 Explain incoherent scattering.

8.2.3 Explain the blue colour of the sky and blue colour of water.

8.2.4 Explain the red colour of sun during sunrise and sunset.

8.2.5 Explain the white colour of cloud.

8.2.6 Explain Raman Effect.

8.2.7 Write the applications of Raman Effect

8.3.1 Define laser .

8.3.2 Explain Induced absorption.

8.3.3 Explain spontaneous emission and stimulated emission.

8.3.4 State the principle of Laser.

8.3.5 Explain population inversion and optical pumping.

8.3.6 List the properties of laser.

8.3.7 Write the applications of laser.

8.4.1 Explain radioactivity with examples.

8.4.2 Describe an experiment to demonstrate three types of radiations.

8.4.3 Write the properties of alpha,beta and gamma rays.

8.4.4 List the agricultural ,medical,biological and geological applications of lasers.

Unit No.09 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 08 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

9.1 To understand pollution, its harm full effects and preventive measures.

9.2 To comprehend water pollution, its harm full effects and preventive measures.

9.3 To understand different types of corrosion and preventive measures.

9.4 To comprehend pH of solution , pH scale and applications of pH.

.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

9.1.1 Define pollution.

9.1.2 List air pollutants.

9.1.3 Write the harmfull effects of air pollution.

9.1.4 Explain acid rain and its effects.

9.1.5 Explain green house effect.

9.1.6 Explain global warming.

9.1.7 List the effects of global warming.

9.1.8 Explain ozone layer and its importance.

9.1.9 List the cause of depletion of ozone layer(without any equation).

9.1.10 List the effects of ozone layer.

9.1.11 Discuss the control of air pollution.

9.2.1 Explain water pollution,

9.2.2 Discuss the causes of water pollution.(seweage,effluents,algai,micro-organisms).

9.2.3 Explain methods of control of sewage problems and disposals.

9.3.1 Define corrosion.

9.3.2 Explain the causes of corrosion.

9.3.3 Describe different types of corrosion.(i)electrochemical theory of corrosion.

(ii) Formation of galvanic cells.(iii)concentration cells

9.3.4 Explain the preventive measures of corrosion.

i.by alloying ii.by surface coating iii.by galvanizing iv.by electroplating

v.by anodizing vi.by cathodic protection.

9.4.1 Explain water as a weak electrolyte.

9.4.2 Explain nature of solution on the basis of (H+) ion and (OH¯) ion concentrations.

9.4.3 Explain ionic product of pure water.

9.4.4 Define neutral,basic and acidic solutions.

9.4.5 Define pH of a solution.

9.4.6 Define neutral basic and acidic solution by using pH.

9.4.7 Give the pH values some solutions

9.4.8 Write the applications of pH solution.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Applied Science –By W.R. Neelakanta , Sapna Publications

2. Applied Science –By N N Banavasi, S Chand Publications

3. First PUC and Second PUC Physics Text Books – by different authors..

4. Text book of physical chemistry by P.L.Soni publisher S.Chand and Co.

5. Essentials of physical chemistry by B.S.Bhal and G.B.Tuli,

6. Text bookof physical chemistry by K.K.Sharma and L.K.Sharma, Vikas publication house.

7. Applied Science for polytechnics- by different authors.

APPLIED SCIENCE

TABLE OF SPECIFICATION FOR QUESTION PAPER SETTING

Unit No No Hrs in

curriculum

No of

subdivisions

of 5 marks

each to be

answered

Total

marks to

be

answered

No of

subdivisions

of 5 marks

to be set

Total

marks

to be set

Section

A

01 06

05 25 07 35 02 06

03 06

Section

B

04 10

07 35 11 55 05 05

06 12

Section

C

07 12

08 40 12 60 08 09

09 08

Total 20 100 30 150

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION- KARNATAKA

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

APPLIED SCIENCE Time:3Hrs Max Marks:100

Note: 1) Answer any 05 subdivisions from Section A, any 07 sub divisions

from Section B and any 08 subdivisions from Section C

2) Each subdivision carries 5 marks.

Section A (Answer any 05 subdivisions)

1. a) What is meant by Least count of a measuring instrument

Write dimensions of density

Write the S.I. unit of a acceleration 2 + 2 + 1

b) State and prove the law of conservation of momentum 2 + 3

c) State Newton’s Second law of motion.

A body of mass 2kg is moving with a velocity of 2m/s. If its velocity changes to

5m/s in 10 seconds on application of a constant force, calculate the acceleration of

the body & Impulse on it. 2 + 3

2. a) Write a neat diagram of screw gauge & name its parts 3 + 2

b) State the law of parallelogram of vectors.

Obtain an expression for the magnitude of the resultant of two

Vectors acting at a point. 2 + 3

3. a) Describe an experiment to verify Lami’s theorem 5

b) Define Moment of a force.

Three forces 3kgwt, 7kgwt & 15kgwt, acting at a point are in equilibrium.

Calculate the angle between first two forces. 2 + 3

Section B (Answer any 07 subdivisions)

4. a) Define stress.

Differentiate between plasticity and elasticity with examples. 2 + 3

b) Define Young’s Modulus

Write 3 applications of capillarity 2 + 3

c) Describe an experiment to determine surface tension of water by

capillary rise method 5

5. a) Distinguish between specific heat of a substance & heat capacity of a body.

Write two applications of convection. 2 + 3

b) Define surface tension and angle of contact.

Write 3 applications of viscosity. 2 + 3

c) Derive PV = mRT with usual notations 5

6. a) Define SHM

Obtain an expression for the velocity of a vibrating body executing SHM 2 + 3

b) Describe an experiment to determine velocity of sound in air at room temperature,

using Resonance Air Column apparatus. 5

c) What is resonance?

Write 3 practical examples of resonance. 2 + 3

7. a) Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of the tuning fork

using sonometer by comparison method. 5

b) The frequency of a sonometer wire is doubled when the tension is increased

by 12 kgwt. Calculate the original tension of the wire. 5

Section C (Answer any 08 subdivisions)

8. a) What is interference of light?

Write three differences between Interference & diffraction. 2 + 3

b) Obtain an expression for the path difference in Young’s double slit experiment.

5

c) In a double slit experiment light of wave length 5500 Å is used. Find the

path difference & phase difference for the fourth dark fringe from the

centre of the pattern. 5

9. a) State Brewster’s law.

Obtain an expression for the refractive index of a material in terms of

Brewster’s angle. 2 + 3

b) What is polarization?

Explain the method of polarization by refraction 2 + 3

c) What is photoelectric emission?

Write any three experimental results on the study of photoelectric effect.

2 + 3

10. a) Explain the focusing the magnetic lens in an Electron microscope

Write 3 uses of Electron microscope. 2 + 3

b) What is Raman effect.

Explain stimulated emission in Laser. 2 + 3

c) What is radio activity?

Describe an experiment to demonstrate 3 types of radiations. 2 + 3

11. a) What is an acid rain? Write 3 harmful effects of it. 2 + 3

b) What are the causes of water pollution?

Explain any one method of controlling sewage problem. 2 + 3

c) How does a “ Concentration cell” work?

Write three applications of PH. 2 + 3

0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0

GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS

Second SemesterDiploma APPLIED SCIENCE LAB (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:

Group A

Experiment No Aim of the experiment

01 To determine the volume of the given solid cylinder using Slide calipers

02 To determine the volume of the given Hollow cylinder using Slide calipers

03 To determine the thickness of the glass and metal plate using Screw gauge

04 To determine the volume of thin wire using Screw gauge & sample wire

05 To determine the volume of small rigid ball using Screw gauge

06 To verify the law of Parallelogram of vectors

07 To verify the converse of law of triangle of vectors

08 To verify the Lami’s theorem

09 To verify two conditions of equilibrium of coplanar parallel forces

Group B

10 To determine Young’s Modulus of the material of the wire using Searle’s App

11 To determine Surface Tension of water by capillary rise method

12 To determine the frequency of the given tuning fork using sonometer by

comparison method

13 To determine the frequency of the given tuning fork using sonometer by

absolute method

14 To determine velocity of sound in air at room temperature & at 0°C a by

Resonance Air Column method

15 To determine coefficient of Viscosity of water by Poisulle’s method

Most Important instructions to examiners

i) While setting two experiments in the examination for each candidate, one experiment

should be chosen from group A and another must be from group B

ii) While setting two experiments, large number of combinations to be made covering

most of the experiments

iii) The scheme of valuation given below must be strictly followed.

Scheme of valuation

Record 05 Marks

Oral 15 Marks

Planning ( Includes observation, Tabular column, Formula) 20 Marks ( 10 marks x 2 expt)

Conducting ( Includes skill in arrangement, handling of app,

& readings)

40 Marks ( 20 marks x 2 expt)

Calculation and result 20 Marks ( 10 marks x 2 expt)

Total 100 Marks

BE lab


Diploma Course in Computer Science & Engineering/IS&E

First Semester

Subject: Basic Electronics Lab

GENERAL OBJECTIVES: No. of Hrs

On completion of the lab course, the student will be able to 96

1 Comprehend the art of Soldering

2 Understand the behavioral characteristics of passive components

GRADED EXERCISES:

SECTION -- A

STUDY EXERCISES

1 Familiarization and precautionary measures to be taken while using the 6

following Equipments --

Analog mulltimeter

Digital Multimeter

Regulated power supply

LCR Meter

Ammeters voltmeter and Galvanometer

2 Identification of components ----- Passive and Active components with Symbol 6

3 Colour code--- Calculation of Resistance & capacitance value 6

by colour code method

4 Measurement of Resistance & Capacitance value by 6

colour codes

5 Soldering Practice 6

Tool, Bending of Wires, Soldering of Passive and Active components

6 Testing of Passive Components 6

7 Familiarization, Study and Application of following Hardware materials and symbol 6

FUSES --- Rewirable, cartridge,High rupturing capacity Fuse,

KEYS--- Rectangular Buttons,Spring loaded,Mechanical , Electronic feather touch

PLUGS AND SOCKETS--- 2 pin, 3 pin, Multiple, round type

CONNECTORS : IC and relay connector, PCB connector,BNC, threaded neutral

modular

TERMINALS ---Different sizes

CABLES --- twistedpair,co-axial cable, optical cable

CLIPS --- Crocodile , Banana

Crimping tools

9 Study the block diagram of UPS & SMPS & state their merits and demrites 6

48

Part B

Conduction Exercises:

11 Verification of Ohm's law, 3

12 Verification of Kirchoff's Current law for D.C Circuits 3

13 Verification of Kirchoff's Voltage law for D.C Circuits 3

14 Characteristics of junction diode (Forward & Reverse Bias) 6

15 Characteristics of Zener diode (Forward & Reverse bias) 6

16 Inverting amplifier using OP-AMP 3

17 Non-inverting amplifier using OP-AM 3

18

Half wave - construction, calculation of ripple factor with and without pie

filter 6

19

Full wave bridge rectifier - construction, calculation of ripple factor with and

without pie filter 9

48

Total 96

1 Record 5

2 Part A - Study Excersise 25

3

Part B - Write up any One Experiment (Circuit Diagram, Tabular column,

Formula ) 20

3 Construction using soldering and Conduction of Experiment 20

4 Result 10

5 Viva-Voce 20

100

Note: In Study Exercises the student should become familiar with specification of equipments & components

& should draw a neat diagram of the control panel of equipment & actual appearance in case of

components.Symbols should also be indicated wherever applicable

SCHEME OF VALUATION

Total

Page 1 of 1

Government of Karnataka


Board of Technical Examination

Basic Computer Skills Lab (Common to all Branches)

Section – I : Computer Basics & Internet Basics

1. Identify and understand the models of Computers.

2. Identify and understand front panel switches and back panel connections of a

Computer system.

3. Identify and understand the physical components of computer.

4. Study and understand the operating system overview.

5. Conduct computer system connection and understand the booting process.

6. Study and understand the file system overview.

7. Study and understand the Basic Dos Commands.

8. Study and understand the windows operating system Basics.

9. Exposure to windows operating system.

10. Practice windows explorer – through My computer Icon & shortcut entry.

11. Practice Creating/Opening, Editing and saving the document using Notepad.

12. Study and understand the clipboard concept for Copy, Cut and Paste

operation.

13. Study and understand the Windows utilities – word pad, paint, calculator..

14. Study and understand the windows system tools – Scandisk, Backup, System

Info, WinZip.

15. Practice browsing of different sites using search engine.

16. practice and understand different E-Mail services – Outlook, Yahoo mail,

rediffmail etc

17. Practice Creating E-Mail accounts, Sending, Receiving & Storing of mails.

18. Study and understand the BARAHA Software.

Section – II : Word Processing & Presentation

Using Word Processor, write a procedure & execute the following.

19. Create a Business or Personal Letter.

20. Create a Company Letterhead.

21. Create a Simple Newsletter.

22. Create a Memo.

23. Create a Resume or Curriculum Vitae.

24. Create an Invitation/Greeting card.

25. Create the cover page of a Project Report.

26. Create a mail merged letter/invitation.

27. Create a Macro which inserts a picture and formats the text.

Presentation

28. Using presentation tool, Create a simple Presentation to list simple Dos

Commands, Hardware, Software etc.

Section III

Using Spreadsheet, write a procedure & execute the following.

29. Create a worksheet with 4 columns. Enter 10 records and find the sum of all

columns.

30. Create a report containing the pay details of the employees.

31. Create a results sheet containing Candidate's Register No., Name, Marks for all subjects, Total and results Total and result must be calculated as below: Result is Distinction if Total >= 70 % First Class if Total > = 60 % and < 70 % Second Class if Total >= 50 % and < 60 % Pass if Total >= 35 % and < 50 % provided the candidate has secured atleast 35 marks in each subject. Fail otherwise

32. Create a Simple Bar Chart to highlight the sales of a company for 3 different

periods.

33. Create a Pie Chart for a sample data and give legends.

34. Create a worksheet importing data from database and calculate sum of all the

columns.

35. Create a Macro which creates a Line Chart using the data in the worksheet

Database

Using Database, write a procedure & execute the following.

36. Create a simple table for result processing.

37. Create a query table for the result processing table.

38. Create a form to update/Modify the result processing table contents,

39. Design a report to print the result sheet and Marks card for the result

processing table.

Note : Open source softwares (OSS) such as Open office Org, Star office etc may

be use. Other softwares like MS-office, Lotus smart suite etc. may also be used.

SCHEME OF VALUATION

SI.NO Content Max.

Marks

1 Lab Record 05

2 Answer one question from Computer Basics & Internet 10

3 Writing steps on any two (one each from Section – II, III) 15

4 Executing of two exercises 40

5 Result /Printout 10

6 Viva voce 20

Total 100

Reference Books:

1. Basic Computer Skills By Dr. M A Jayaram & D S Rajendra Prasad.

Sapna Publications

2. A Computer Laboratory referral for Diploma & Engineering students

BY: T R Jagadish et.al- Universities Press

CEEE_cs_

Page 1 of 8

Diploma in Computer Science and Engineering First Semester

Subject: 9CS13 Concepts of Electrical and Electronincs EngineeringContact Hrs / Week: 4 Contact hrs / Semester: 64

Contents

SECTION IElectrical Engineering

1 ELECTRIC CURRENT AND CIRCUITS (DC)1.1 Current, voltage and Resistance --- Definition, unit & how they are measured1.2 Ohm's law - limitations1.3 Kirchoff's voltage and current laws.1.4 Series and Parallel combination of circuits. Practical examples of these circuits1.5 Power, energy, units and their relation, how they are measured.

2 ELECTROSTATICS2.1 Electric charge, field,permitivity2.2 Coulomb's law2.3 Capacitance --- series and parallel combination2.4 Meaning of charging and discharging of capacitors

3 ELECTRO MAGNETIC INDUCTION3.1 Faraday's laws and Lenz's law3.2 Self and mutual induction and emf

4 AC FUNDAMENTALS4.1 Definition of sine wave. Equation of AC sine wave. Comparision with DC4.2 Average value, maximum value, RMS value and form factor for sine wave4.3 Types of reactances4.4 Current and voltage in R,RL,RC and RLC circuits4.5 define power factor4.6 What is single phase & 3 phase, phase, phase difference and phase angle.

SECTION II5 TRANSFORMERS

5.1 Principle of operation of transformer5.2 Turn ration, current and voltage ratios.5.3 Losses in transformer5.4 Types of transformers, core and shell type, step-up and step-down.5.5 Transformers for SMPS.

6 PROTECTION OF ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS6.1 Fuses6.2 Grounding6.3 Protecting computer system against power transients

7 MOTORS7.1 Stepper motor, spindle motor in disk drive7.2 Servometers7.3 Brushless DC motors

SECTION III

CEEE_cs_

Page 2 of 8

8 ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS8.1 Brief idea like- types,symbols,specifications,general idea of construction

characteristics and applications of Resistors,capacitors,inductors & switches

9 BASICS OF ELECTRONICS9.1 Conductors,semiconductors and insulators9.2 What is electron emission? Types.9.3 Semi- conductor- Intrinisic and Extrinsic (P and N type)9.4 PN junction as semi conductor diode9.5 Applications as half wave, full wave and bridge rectifiers9.6 What are filters? Types of filters9.7 Zener diode characteristics and applications as voltage regulator9.8 PNP and NPN bipolar transistor -- Principle & working, basic transistor modes,

applications of transistor as switch and amplifier9.9 Defination, Classification and applications of (no constuction details required)

Multivibrator, Oscillator, Comparator9.10 Power Supplies -

9.10.1 Block diagram description of Linear power supplu unit9.10.2 Block diagram description of SMPS, Merits & demrits9.10.3 Need for UPS, Block diagram decription of online & offline UPS, Merits & demrits9.10.4 Need for heat sinks

10 OP-AMP 10.1 Block diagram - characteristics10.2 Inverting and non- inverting operational amplifiers10.3 Summing amplifier10.4 Integator and Differentiator

Table of Specifications :

SECTION TOPIC HOURS MARKS I 1. Electric currents and circuits 4 12 2. Electro statics 4 12 3. Electro magnetic induction 4 12 4. AC fundamentals 4 12 II 5. Transformers 4 12 6. Protection of electric and electronic ckts. 3 6 7. Motors 3 6 III 8. Electronic Components 10 25 9. Basic Electronics 20 40 10. OP-AMP 4 8 Tests and Assignment 4

TOTAL 64 145

CEEE_cs_

Page 3 of 8

Reference Books :1. Electrical Techology - Thereja2. Electronic Components - K Padmanabhan3. Electronic Components - D V Prasad4. Principles of Electronics - V K Mehta

Specific Objectives

SECTION IElectrical Engineering

1 ELECTRIC CURRENT AND CIRCUITS (DC)1.1 Current, voltage and Resistance,specific resistance,Law of resistance,

Definition, unit, simple problems,how to measure1.2 Defination of Ohm's law - limitations,problems1.3 State Kirchoff's voltage and current laws, Explain with example1.4 Analyse Series and Parallel combination of circuits Practical examples of these circuits.1.5 Power, energy, units and their relation, how they are measured.

2 ELECTROSTATICS2.1 Defination of Electric charge, field,permitivity,Electric flux,Electric flux density,

Dielectric, Dielctirc constant,Absolute permitivity2.2 State Coulomb's law,analyse with equation,problems2.3 Defination of Capacitance and factors on which capacitance of capacitor depends,

derive series and parallel combination circuits,problems2.4 Expalain Meaning of charging and discharging of capacitors

3 ELECTRO MAGNETIC INDUCTION3.1 State Faraday's laws and Lenz's law3.2 Define Self and mutual induction and types of emf,

Expression for dynamically induced emf

4 AC FUNDAMENTALS4.1 Definition of sine wave,cycle,frequency,time period,amplitude,

Equation of AC sine wave, Comparision of AC and DC4.2 Defination of Average value, maximum value, RMS value and form factor for sine wave4.3 Define reactances4.4 Analyse Current and voltage in R,RL,RC and RLC circuits4.5 Define power factor4.6 Define single phase ,3 phase, phase, phase difference and phase angle.

SECTION II5 TRANSFORMERS

5.1 Study basic Principle of operation of transformer5.2 DefineTurn ration, current and voltage ratios.5.3 Losses in transformer5.4 Types of transformers, Construction of core and shell type, Difference between

core and shell, define step-up and step-down,Efficiency,Explain Auto transformer,Derive equation of a transformer.

5.5 Study block diagram of Transformer SMPS,simple problems

6 PROTECTION OF ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS6.1 Define Fuse,Explain Types of fuses.6.2 Define Grounding or earthing, Explain types of earthing ,Pipe earthing,plate earthing6.3 Discuss Protecting computer system against power transients

7 MOTORS

CEEE_cs_

Page 4 of 8

7.1 Study briefly principle and construction of permanant magnet Stepper motor,spindle motor in disk drive

7.2 Define Servomoters and study basic principle of servo mechanism7.3 Study constuction of Brushless DC motor

SECTION III8 8 ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS

8.1 ResistorsSpecification of resistors--tolerancepower rating, thermal stability,types of resistors and their symbolsDiscuss the constructional features of carbon composition and wire wound resistor,variable resistors,applications of variable and fixed resistors,Discuss colour code method and examplePrinciple operation of LDR,VDR,Thermistors

8.2 CapacitorsClassification of capacitors,Discuss principle of mica,ceramic,paper,electrolytic capacitor,Discuss variable capacitor,air capacitor, trimmer and padder

8.3 InductorsMention the types and applications of inductors

8.4 SwitchesList the types of switches

9 BASICS OF ELECTRONICS9.1 Define Conductors,semiconductors and insulators with energy band diagram9.2 What is electron emission? Discuss working principle of Termionic,Photo,

Field,Secondary Emission9.3 Discuss Intrinisic and Extrinsic types (P and N type),

Define Doping ,Define Majority and MinorityCarriers9.4 Working of PN junction in Forward bias and Reverese bias,

Define Depletion Region,Barrier Voltage,Discuss V-I Characterstic of P-N junction9.5 working principle of Half wave, full wave and bridge rectifiers9.6 Study pi type, capacitor type and inductor type of filters9.7 Discuss V-I characteristics of Zener Diode and applications as voltage regulator9.8 Working of PNP and NPN transistor, Define transistor terminals,

Discuss transistor modesTransistor application as an amplifier and switch

9.9 Defination,classification and application of multivibrator,oscillator,comparator9.10 Study block diagram of linear power supply

Study block diagram of SMPS. Mention the merits and DemritsDiscuss need of UPS and study block diagram of on line and off line UPS,Discuss Merits and demritsDifference between online UPS and offline UPSDiscuss need of heat sink

10 OP-AMP AND OTHER LINEAR IC'S10.1 Mention the characteristics of OP-AMP,Explain block diagram of OP-AMP,

Mention the application of OP-AMP,Define CMRR,slew rate10.2 Working principle of Inverting and non- inverting operational amplifiers10.3 Discuss working principle of summing amlifier10.4 Working principle of Integator and Differentiator

CEEE_cs_

Page 5 of 8

CEEE_cs_

Page 6 of 8

r

CEEE_cs_

Page 7 of 8

CEEE_cs_

Page 8 of 8

Intro_ to Comp_ Sc_

Page 1 of 5

Department of TechnicaL EducationDiploma in Computer Science and Engineering / Information Science and Engineering

I SemesterSubject: 9CS14 Introduction to Computer Concepts

Contact Hrs / Week: 4 Contact Hrs / Semester: 96

Contents

SECTION I1 Introduction to Computers

1.1 Introduction1.2 Characteristics of Computer1.3 Evolution of Computers

1.3.1 Some early Computers1.4 Generation of Computers

1.4.1 First Generation(1940-56):Vaccum Tubes1.4.2 Second Generation(1956-63): Transistors1.4.3 Third Generation(1964-Early 1970s): Integrated Circuits1.4.4 Fourth Generation(Early 1970c -Till date): Microprocessors1.4.5 Fifth Generation(Present and Beyond): Artificial Intelligence

1.5 Classification of Computers1.5.1 Classification according to purpoose1.5.2 Classification according to Type of Data-Handled Techniques1.5.3 Classification accroding to Functionality

1.6 The Computer System1.6.1 Central Processing Unit(CPU)1.6.2 Input, Output annd Storage Units

1.7 Applications of Computers

2 Number Systems2.1 Introduction2.2 Number Systems

2.2.1 Non-Positional number System2.2.2 Positional number System2.2.3 Base (or Radix) of System2.2.4 computer and numbers2.2.5 decimal number System2.2.6 binary number System2.2.7 octal number System2.2.8 hexadecimal number System

2.3 binary coding2.3.1 BCD2.3.2 ASCII2.3.3 EBCDIC

3 Primary Memory3.1 Introduction

3.1.1 Memory Representaion3.2 Memory Heirarchy

3.2.1 Storage Evaluation criteria3.3 Random Access Memory(RAM) (Basis Concept only)

3.3.1 Types of RAM (Basics of SRAM & DRAM)3.4 Read Only Memory(ROM) (Basic Concepts only)

3.4.1 Types of ROM (Basics)

Intro_ to Comp_ Sc_

Page 2 of 5

SECTION II4 Secondary Storage

4.1 Introduction4.1.1 Benefits of Secondary Storage

4.2 Classification of Secondary Storage4.3 Mgnetic Tape

4.3.1 Magnetic Tape Organization4.3.2 Advantages and Disadvantages of Magnetic tapes

4.4 Magnetic Disk4.4.1 Storage organization of a Magnetic Disk4.4.2 Storage capacity of Magnetic Disk4.4.3 Accessing Data from a magnetic disk4.4.4 Types of Magnetic Disks(Flopy Disk, Hard Disk and Zip Disk)4.4.5 Advantages and Disadvantages of Magnetic Disks

4.5 Optical Disk4.5.1 Storage organization of optical disk4.5.2 Storage capacity of Optical Disk4.5.3 Types of Optical disk(CD-ROM and DVD)4.5.4 Advantages and Disadvantage of Optical Disk

5 Input Devices5.1 Introduction

5.1.1 Importance of Input Devics5.1.2 Types of Input Devices5.1.3 Keyboard5.1.4 Mouse5.1.5 Track Ball5.1.6 Joy Stick5.1.7 Light Pen5.1.8 Touch Screen5.1.9 Digital Camera

5.1.10 Scanners (handheld and Flatbed Scanners)5.1.11 Optical Scanners(OCR,OMR,MICR,barcode Reader)

SECTION III6 Output Devices6.1 Introduction

6.2 Classification of Output6.2.1 Hard copy Versus Soft copy

6.3 Hard copy output Devies6.4 Printers

6.4.1 Impact Rpinters (Dot Matrix,Daisy Wheel)6.4.2 Non-Impact Printer(Inkjet and Laser Printers)

6.5 Plotters6.5.1 Types of Plotters(Drum and Flatbelt Plotters)

6.6 Soft copy Output devices6.7 Monitors

6.7.1 CRT6.8 Audio Output6.9 Terminals

7 Computer Program7.1 Introduction7.2 Developing a Program

7.2.1 Program Development Cycle

Intro_ to Comp_ Sc_

Page 3 of 5

7.3 Algorithm 7.3.1 Examples on Algorithms (Wide coverage)

Conversion of Temperatures ( fahrenheit to degree celcius & vice-versa,) Area & Circumfernece of circle,Largest of 3 Nos, Sum & Avg of 3 Nos., No odd or even, Print all nos divisibe by 7, sum of digits reducing it to single digit,Prime property,factoiral of given number

7.4 Flowchart7.4.1 Importance of Flowchart7.4.2 Flowchart Symbols7.4.3 Guidelines for Preparinng Flowcharts7.4.4 Flowchart structures7.4.5 Limitations of Flowcharts7.4.6 Examples on flow charts (wide coverage—on alogrithm discussed above)

7.5 Pseudocode(P-code)7.5.1 Why Pseuducode?7.5.2 Pseuducode Structure7.5.3 Pseuducode Guidelines

7.6 Program Testing and Debugging(syntax and Logical Errors)7.7 Characteristics of good Program

SECTION IV8 Computer Languages & Software

8.1 Introduction to Computer Languages8.2 Evolution of Programming Languages8.3 Classification & Generation of Programming Languages8.4 Features of a Good Programming languages8.5 Selection of a Programming Languages8.6 Introduction8.7 Software Definition8.8 Relationship between software and Hardware8.9 Software Categories

8.10 system software8.10.1 System Management Programs8.10.2 System Development Programs

8.11 Application Software8.12 Software Terminology

SECTION V9 Basics of Computer Networks & Internet

9.1 Introduction9.2 LAN,MAN,WAN9.3 Network Topologies(bus,ring,star,tree,mesh)9.4 Introduction to Internet9.5 Evolution9.6 Internet organization and commities9.7 Basic Internet Terms9.8 Getting Connected to Internet

9.8.1 Types of Internet Connection9.8.2 Internet Software

9.9 Internet Applications9.10 E-mail9.11 How E-mail works9.12 Searching the web(search Engines)9.13 Internet and viruses

Intro_ to Comp_ Sc_

Page 4 of 5

10 Multimedia10.1 Introdution10.2 Multimedia:definition10.3 Building bloks of multimedia10.4 Multimedia system10.5 Multimedia Application10.6 Virtual Reality

Text Book : 1. Introduction to Computer Science - ITL Education Solutions Ltd, Pearson Education.

Reference Books :2. Introduction to Computers - By Peter Norton's 4th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 3. Fundamentals of Computers - V Rajaram

Online Resources:

Table of Specifications :

SECTION TOPIC HRS ALLOTED Marks

I 1. Introduction to Computers 04 10 2. Number Systems 04 10 3. Primary Memory 04 10

II 4. Secondary Strorage 06 15 5. Input Devices 08 20 III 6. Output Devices 08 20 7. Computer Program 10 20

IV 8. Computer Languages & Software 06 15 V 9. Basics of Computer Networks & Internet 06 15

10. Multimedia 04 10

Tests and Assignment 04

TOTAL 64 145

www.pearsoned.co.in/ITLEducationSolutionsLimitedwww.howstuffworks.com

http://www.pearsoned.co.in/ITLEducationSolutionsLimited

http://www.howstuffworks.com/

Intro_ to Comp_ Sc_

Page 5 of 5

General Objectives : After the completion of the study of this subject students should be able to - Know the basic structure of a computer - Appreciate the working of a computer - Understand the Number Systems - Understand the concepts and functions of I/O Units and Computer memory - Know the basic structure of Computer Programs - Appreciate the features of programming langauges - Know the concepts of computer networks, Internet & Multimedia

Specific Objectives : After the completion of the study of this subject students should be able to

- Explain the working of a computer - Analyse how problems can be solved using computers - List the characteristics and applications of computers - List the advantaqges and disadvantages of using computers - Describe how character, integers and fractions are represented in computers - Explain the working of various I/O devices - Distinguish various types of memories - Explain how data are stored in various memories - Explain devloping a program using Algorithms & Flow Charts - Learn basic concepts of program testing & debugging - Categorize Programming languages - Appraise features of good programming languages - Distinguish between hardware & software - Categorise softwares - Learn the basic of Computer netwroks & toplogies - Summarize the basic concept of Internet & Applications - Appraise working of E-mail & web searching - Discuss the building blocks of Multimedia system - Appraise the Multimedia Applications

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARNATAKA

SUBJECT: APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I

For I- semester

DIPLOMA COURSES OF ALL BRANCHES

Contact hour per week: 04 Contact hour per Semester: 64

UNIT NO. CHAPTER TITLE CONTACT

HR.

ALGEBRA

1 DETERMINANTS 2

2 MATRICES 4

3 BINOMIAL THEOREM 3

4 LOGARITHMS 2

5 VECTOR ALGEBRA 6

TRIGONOMETRY

6 UNITS AND MEASUREMENT OF AN ANGLE 3

7 TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF ACUTE

ANGLE AND STANDARD ANGLES

6

8 TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF ALLIED

ANGLES

4

9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES 2

10 COMPOUND ANGLES 4

11 MULTIPLE AND SUB MULTIPLE ANGLE 2

12 TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE 4

13 PROPERTIES AND SOLUTIONS OF

TRIANGLES

4

14 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS 2

ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY

15 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ANALYTICAL

GEOMETRY

6

16 STRAIGHT LINES 6

17 TESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS 4

TOTAL HOUR 64

REFFERENCE BOOKS: 1.Applied Mathematics -I By W.R Neelakanta Sapna Publications.

2. Applied Mathematics -I By Dr. D S Prakash S Chand Publications

3. Text book of mathematics for P U C

QUESTION PAPER BLUE PRINT

FOR APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I

UN

IT N

O.

HO

UR

Questions

to be set

(2 Marks)

PART- A

Questions

to be set

(5 Marks)

PART- B

Questions

to be set

(5 Marks)

PART- C

Questions

to be set

(5 Marks)

PART- D

1 2 1 1 - -

2 4 1 2 - -

3 3 1 1 - -

4 2 - 1 - -

5 6 2 3 - -

6 3 - - 1 - 7 6 1 - 2 -

8 4 1 - 2 -

9 2 - - 1 -

10 4 1 - 1 -

11 2 1 - 1 -

12 4 1 - 1 -

13 4 1 - 2 -

14 2 1 - 1 -

15 6 1 - - 2

16 6 2 - - 2

TOT

AL

64 15 8 12 04

Questions to

be answered

10 5 8 3

APPLIED – MATHEMATICS – I

Marks No. of Questions No. of Questions

to be set to be Answered

Part A 2 X 10 = 20 15 10

Part B 5 X 05 = 25 08 05

Part C 5 X 08 = 40 12 08

Part D 5 X 03 = 15 04 03

Total = 100

CONTENTS OF APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I

ALGEBRA

UNIT – 1: DETERMINANTS. 2 Hr.

Definition, Order, Expansion of 2nd

& 3rd

order Determinants by means of

examples. Problems on finding unknown quantity in a 2nd

& 3rd

determinant using using

expansion. Solving simultaneous linear equations by determinant method ( Cramer’s

rule). Problems.

UNIT – 2: MATRICES. 4 Hr.

Determinant value of a square matrix. Singular and non singular matrices with

examples. Minor and co factor of an element of a matrix. Adjoint of a matrix. Problems.

Characteristics equations of a square matrix and its roots. Problems. Cayley – Hamilton’s

theorem (statement only). Problems. Find inverse of a matrix using the theorem.

UNIT – 3: BINOMIAL THEOREM. 3 Hr.

Meaning of nCr and its value. Binomial theorem for (x + a)

n, where n ia a positive

integer. Expansion. Finding constant term, co-efficient of xn , particular term and middle

term(s). Problems.

UNIT – 4: LOGARITHEMS. 2 Hr.

Defination of common and natural logarithems. Laws of logarithems. Problems

on laws.

UNIT – 5: VECTOR ALGEBRA. 6 Hr.

Defination of vector. Representation of a vector as a directed line segment.

Magnitude of a vector. Types of vectors. Position vector. Vector can be expressed in

terms of end points of position vector. Addition and subtraction of vector in terms of line

segment. Vector in a plane and vector in a space in terms of unit vector i, j and k

respectively. Product of vectors. Scalar and vector product. Geometrical meaning of

scalar and vector product. Applications of dot(scalar) and cross(vector) product:

Projection of a vector on another vector. Area of parallelogram and area of triangle. Work

done by a force and moment of force

TRIGONOMETRY

UNIT – 6: UNITS AND MEASUREMENT OF AN ANGLE 3 Hr

Defination of an angle. Systems of unit of an angle. Defination of radian. Radian

is a constant angle. Relation between degree & radian and problems. Derivation of l = rθ

& A = ½ r2θ. Problems.

UNIT –7: TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF AN ACUTE ANGLE. 6 Hr

Defination of Trigonometric ratios in terms of sides of a triangle for an acute

angle. Proof of Trigonometric identities. Trigonometric ratios of standard angles: The

numerical value of trigonometric ratios of standard angles like 00, 30

0, 45

0, 60

0 and 90

0.

Problems.

UNIT – 8: ALLIED ANGLES. 4 Hr.

Angle of any magnitude, sign of the trigonometric ratios. Meaning of allied

angles. Trigonometric ratios of allied angles in terms of θ. Problems. Complimentary

angles and relation between trigonometric ratios of complimentary angles. Problems.

UNIT – 9: HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES. 2 Hr.

Defination of angle of elevation and depression. Problems.

UNIT -10: COMPOUND ANGLES. 3 Hr.

Geometrical proof of Sin( A + B) and Cos(A + B). Find Tan( A + B) using

Sin( A + B) and Cos(A + B). Write the formulae for Sin( A - B), Cos(A - B) and tan( A -

B). Problems.

UNIT -11: MULTIPLE ANGLES. 3 Hr.

Derive ratios of multiple angles of 2A and 3A. Problems. Obtain sub multiple

angle formulae. Problems.

UNIT-12: TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE. 4 Hr.

Express sum or difference of Sine and Cosine of an angles in to product form.

Express product of Sine and Cosine of angles in to sum or difference form. Problems.

UNIT-13: PROPERTIES AND SOLUTION OF TRIANGLES. 4 Hr.

The relation between sides of a triangle and Sines, Cosines and Tangents of any

angle(Sine rule, Cosine rule and Tangent rule), Projection rule. Half angle formulae in

terms of sides of a triangle. Problems. Problems on solution of triangles (four types).

UNIT- 14: INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS. 2 Hr.

Defination. Principle values of inverse trigonometric functions. Derivation of

results like sin-1

x + cos-1

x =Л/2 =tan-1

x + cot-1

x = cosec-1

x + sec-1

x, tan-1

x + tan-1

y = tan-1

Problems.

ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY

UNIT-15: BASIC CONCEPTS OF ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY. 6 Hr.

Defination of a point in a plane, Specification of a point using co-ordinate system.

Points on X-axis and Y-axis. Derivation of distance formula. Problems. Section formulae.

Derivation of co-ordinate of a point which divide the line internally in the given ratio( No

derivation for external division). Mid point formula. Problems. Centroid, area of a

triangle and collinear points. Problems. Locus of a point with respect to a fixed point and

with respect to two fixed points and its equations. Problems.

UNIT-16: STRAIGHT LINES. 6 Hr.

Inclination of a line with horizontal line and its slope. Intercept of a straight line.

Slope of a line parallel to X-axis and Y-axis. Derivation of conditions for two lines to be

parallel and perpendicular. Problems. Derivations equations of straight lines y = mx + c,

y – y1 = m (x – x1 ), y – y1 = (y2 – y1 / x2 – x1 ) (x – x1 ), (x / a ) + (y / b) = 1 and

x cosα + y sinα = P. General equation of a line ax +by + c = 0 and problems. Equation of

lines through a point and parallel or perpendicular to a given line. Problems. Angle

between two lines. Problems. Point of intersection of lines. Equation of a line through the

point of intersection which is parallel or perpendicular to the given line. Problems.

*******************

GENERAL AND SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

ALGEBRA

UNIT – 1: DETERMINANTS. 2 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

1.1 To understand meaning of determinants and evaluation of 2nd

& 3rd

order

determinants.

1.2 To understand the solution of linear equations by Cramer’s rule.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

1.1.1 Definition of Determinant by means of Algebraic Expression and order in terms of

Rows and Columns.

1.1.2 Evaluate Determinants of 2nd

& 3rd

order --- Problems.

1.1.3 Solve the problems to find unknown quantity in a determinant.

1.2.1 Solve the linear equations of 2 nd

or 3 rd

unknowns using determinants. Problems

UNIT – 2: MATRICES. 4 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

2.1 To understand Minors and co-cofactors, adjoint and inverse of a matrix.

2.2 To know the characteristic equation for 2 x 2 matrix.


2.1.1 Define singular and non singular square matrix.

2.1.2 Find the minors and cofactors of each elements of matrix

2.1.3 Define adjoint of a square matrix.--- Problems.

2.1.4 Define inverse of a square matrix --- Problems.

2.2.1 Explain characteristic equation of a 2 x 2 matrix and its roots --- Problems.

2.2.2 State Cayley – Hamilton’s theorem for 2nd

order (Statement only) --- Problems.

2.2.3 Apply it to find inverse of the matrix --- Problems.

UNIT – 3: BINOMIAL THEOREM. 3 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

3.1 To recognise the meaning of nCr & to compute the values

nC0,

nCn,

nC1,

nC2…..

Cr

3.2 To prove nCr =

nCn-r by demonstration.

3.3 To know the statement of (x+a)n for positive integral Index n.


3.1.1 Meaning of nC r and value of

nCr .

3.2.1 Use of nCr in the expansion (x + a)

n , where n is positive integer.

3.3.1 Expansion of (x + a)n

, where n is positive integer. (only statement).

3.3.2 Solve the problems of the following types

(a) expansion of type (2x +y)6 , (√3 +2)

4, (x

2 – 1/√x )

8

(b) To simplify (√2 +1)

5 + (√2 -1)

5

(c) To find middle term(s)

(d). To find the coefficient of xn and constant terms in (x+a)

n

UNIT – 4: LOGARITHMS 2 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

4.1 To understand logarithm, common logarithm and natural logarithm.

4.2 To comprehend laws of logarithem.


4.1.1 Define logarithm,common logarithm and natural logarithm.

4.2.1 Derive the laws of logarithm

(a) loga mn = loga m + loga n

(b) loga m/n = loga m - loga n

(c) loga xk

= k loga x

(d) loga b = logc b / logc a (CHANGE OF BASE)

4.2.2 Solve problems on laws of logarithms

UNIT – 5: VECTOR ALGEBRA 6 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

5.1 To understand vectors.

5.2 To understand vector operations.


5.1.1 Define a vector and represent a vector geometrically.

5.1.2 Name a directed line segment as a vector.

5.1.3 Write different types of vectors.

5.1.4 Write addition and subtraction of vectors in terms of the segment.

5.1.5 Explain the position vector of a point with reference to a point.

5.1.6 Write the conclusion of difference of two vectors with same initial point as position

vector of a point.

5.1.7 Define vector in a plane and vector in a space in terms of unit vectors

i, j and k respectively.

5.2.1 Write types of vector product (a)Scalar product (b)Vector product

5.2.2 Define scalar product and vector product.

5.2.3 Interpret product of vectors geometrically.

5.2.4 Design the product of vectors to find angle between them and unit vector

5.2.5 Apply product of vectors to find ( i.) projection of a vector on another vector

(ii) Area of triangle and parallelogram (iii) work done by a Force (application of

scalar product) (iv) moment of a force (application of vector product)

TRIGONOMETRY

UNIT – 6: UNIT AND MEASUREMENT OF ANGLE 3 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

6.1 To understand the concept of angle, unit and its measurement.


6.1.1 Define an angle.

6.1.2 Define a right angle in different systems.

6.1.3 Define radian.

6.1.4 Obtain relations between radian and degree.


6.1.6 Prove the radian as a constant angle.

6.1.7 Derive l = rө

6.1.8 Derive area of sector = (r2ө ) /2.

6.1.9 Solve related problems.

UNIT – 7: TRIGNOMETRIC RATIOS 4 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

7.1 To understand trigonometric ratios.

7.2 To comprehend trigonometric ratios of standard angles.


7.1.1 Define trigonometric ratios for an acute angle.

7.1.2 Derive important formulae (identities)

7.1.3 Solve problems using identities.

7.1.4 Obtain trigonometric ratios of standard angles 0°, 30° , 45° , 60°,90°

7.1.5 Solve problems using standard values.

UNIT – 8: ALLIED ANGLES 4 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

8.1 To understand allied angles of the type ( nπ/2 ± ө).


8.1.1 Define positive and negative angles.

8.1.2 Give examples to differentiate positive and negative angles.

8.1.3 Explain trigonometric ratios in different quadrants and assign signs.

8.1.4 Define allied angles in different quadrants.

8.1.5 Write formulae of 90± Ө, 180± Ө, 270± Ө, 360± Ө and (-Ө)

8.1.6 Solve problems on allied angles.

UNIT - 9: HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES 2 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

9.1 To understand the measurement of Heights and Distances using

trigonometry.


9.1.1 Define angle of elevation and angle of depression.

9.1.2 Define the “Height” and “Distance”

9.1.3 Solve problems on height and distance.

UNIT – 10: COMPOUND ANGLES 3 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

10.1 To understand compound angles.


10.1.1 Define a compound angle.

10.1.2 Give examples for compound angles.

10.1.3 Derive the formula of sin(A+B) and cos(A+B) geometrically.

10.1.4 Obtain tan(A+B) interms of tanA and tanB using sin(A+B) and

cos(A+B).

10.1.5 Obtain formula for sin(A-B) ,cos(A-B) and tan(A-B).

10.1.6 Solve the problems on compound angles.

UNIT – 11: MULTIPLE AND SUBMULTIPLE ANGLES. 3 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

11.1 To understand multiple and sub multiple angles.


11.1.1 Define multiple and submultiple angle with example.

11.1.2 Derive the formulae for trigonometric ratios of 2A and 3A

using compound angle formulae.

11.1.3 Deduce half angle formulae from the ratio of 2A formulae.


UNIT – 12: TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE 4 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

12.1 To understand transformation formulae.


12.1.1 Obtain expressions for sinC ± sinD and cosC ± cosD interms of Product of

trigonometric ratios.

12.1.2 Derive expressions for sinAcosB, cosAsinB, cosAcosB and

sinAsinB interms of the sum and difference of trigonometric ratios.


UNIT – 13: PROPERTIES AND SOLUTIONS OF TRIANGLES 4Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

13.1 To understand the properties of triangles in order to solve them.


13.1.1 Obtain sine rule ,cosine rule and tangent rule for any angle of a triangle.

13.1.2 Write half angle formulae interms of sides of a triangle (no proof).

13.1.3 Solve simple problems on above rules.

13.1.4 Find the solution of a a triangle in the following cases when (i) all sides are given

(ii)two sides and included angle is given (iii) two angles and one side is

given.(iv)two sides and non included angle is given.

UNIT – 14: INVERSE TRIGNOMETRIC FUNCTIONS. 2 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

14.1 To understand inverse trigonometric functions.


14.1.1 Define inverse trigonometric function.

14.1.2 Write principal values of trigonometric functions.

14.1.3 Prove standard results like

1. sinˉ1 x + cos

– 1 x

= tan

–1x

+ cot

–1x

= cosec

–1x

+ sec

–1x

= π/2,

xy

y

1

x tan=y tanx ± tan2. 1-1-1-

14.1.4 Solve the problems on inverse functions.

ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY

UNIT – 15: BASIC CONCEPTS OF POINT AND LOCUS 6 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

15.1 To understand the basic concepts of point and locus.


15.1.1 Define coordinates in two dimensional space.

15.1.2 Define a point in terms of coordinates.

15.1.3 Obtain equation for the distance between two points in terms of co ordinates.

15.1.4 Solve problems on above formula.

15.1.5 Explain the section of a straight line.

15.1.6 Derive section formula for internal division.

15.1.7 Write section formula for external division.

15.1.8 Write formula for mid point of a line.

15.1.9 Solve problems on internal and external division.

15.1.10 Define locus of a point.

15.1.11 Solve problems on locus of a point.

UNIT – 16: STRAIGHT LINES 6 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

16.1 To understand straight lines.


16.1.1 Define angle of inclination.

16.1.2 Define slope of a straight line.

16.1.3 Define x and y intercepts for straight line.

16.1.4 Write

12

12

1tan

mm

mm

16.1.5 Write angle between two straight lines in terms of

12

12

1tan

mm

mm

16.1.6 Write the conditions for two lines to be parallel and to be perpendicular to each

other.


16.1.8 Derive the slope-intercept form of an equation of a straight line y = mx + c

16.1.9 Obtain the point – slope form equation to the straight line )( 11 xxmyy

16.1.10 Obtain two point form of the equation to a straight line )( 1

12

121 xx

xx

yyyy

16.1.11 Obtain intercepts form of the equation to a straight line, 1b

y

a

x

16.1.12 Derive the normal form of equation to a straight line,xcos α + ysin α = p

16.1.13 Write the general form of equation to a straight line, ax +by+c=0

16.1.14 Solve problems on different forms of equation.

16.1.15 Solve problems to find an equation of a straight line passing through the given

point and parallel to the given line.

16.1.16 Solve problems to find an equation of a straight line passing through the given

point and perpendicular to the given line.

16.1.17 Solve problems to find an equation of straight line passing through the

intersection of given lines.

16.1.18 Obtain the condition for the intersection of three lines express in general in the

determinant form.

16.1.19 Solve the problems on the above condition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. First and Second PUC mathematics Text Books of different authors.

2. Text Book of mathematics –I for polytechnic-by different authors

3. Text Book of mathematics-II for polytechnic- by different authors

*******************************************************

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARANATAKA

MODEL QUESTION PAPER Code:

APPLED MATHEMATICS –I ( FOR ALL COURSES)

Time: 3 Hrs Max.m marks:100

NOTE: i) Answer any 10 questions in section A, 5 questions in section B

8 questions in section C, & 3 questions in D

ii) Each question carries 2 marks in section A

ii) Each question carries 5 marks in remaining section

SECTION – A

1. Find x if

1 2 3

4 5 0

7 8 9

x

2. If A = 1 2

3 5

, Find A. adj(A)

3. Find the 5th

term in 83

xx

4. If a

= 2i + 3 j – 2 k and b

= i + 2k, find .a

b

5. If p

= i + J -2k, Find unit vector in the direction of p

6. If sinθ + cosecθ = ½ , find sin2θ + cosec

2θ

7. If sec θ = cosec3θ, find θ.

8. Find the value of tan15° without using table or calculator.

9. Show that tan2

=

sin

1 cos

10. Show that cos17 sin17

tan 28cos17 sin17

11. Show that ( ) ( )

tan2 ( )

A s b s c

s s a

12. Show that 1 1cos ( ) cosx x

13. Find the locus of a point which moves at a equal distances from the axis

14. Find the inclination and Y-intercept of the line √3x + y = 3

15. Find the angle between the lines who’s slopes are √3 and 1/√3

SECTION – B

1. Solve the following equations by cramer’s rule

2x + y = 1, y + 2z = 7 and 3z – 2x =11

2. Find the inverse of the matrix A =

1 2 5

0 1 3

3 1 2

3. Verify Caylay-Hamilton Theorem for the matrix A = 2 1

1 5

4. Find the co-efficient of x18

in

15

2 3ax

x

5. If loga (bc) = x , logb (ac) = y and logc(a b) = z. Show that 1 1 1

11 1 1x y z

6. Find the sin of the angle between the vectors ( 3,2,-1) and ( 2,-1,4)

7. If the position vectors of A, B,C are respectively i + 2j + 3k, 2i + 5j – k and –i + j +2k,

find the area of triangle ABC

8. Find the projection of vector 2i + 3j + 2k on 4i + 5j + 3k

SECTION – C

1. Circular wheel is rotating at the rate of 450 r.p.m. If the radius of the wheel 70cm, find

the distance covered by a point on the rim in 1 second.

2 Prove that tan sec 1 1 sin

tan sec 1 cos

3. Show that sin 1 cos

2cos1 cos

ecsin

4. Show that sin420°cos390° + cos(- 300°) sin(- 330°) = 1

5. Simplify cos( )sec( ) tan( )

2

sec(2 )sin( )cot( )2

6. The angles of elevation of the top of a tower from the base and top of building are

60° and 45°. The building is 20m high. Find the height of the tower.

7. Prove that sin( )

sin sin

A B

A B

= 0

8. Prove that cos3 sin3

cos sin

A A

A A

= 1 + sin2A

9.Prove that sin sin3 sin5 sin 7

cos cos3 cos5 cos7

A A A A

A A A A

= tan4A

10.In a triangle ABC show that 2 2 2 2

cos 2 cos 2 1 1A B

a b a b

11. Solve the triangle ABC if a = 2 , C = √3 – 1 , B = 120°

12. Prove that 1 1 11 1 12 tan tan 2 tan

8 7 5 4

SECTION – D

1. Find the point on the x-axis which is equidistant form the points (7,6) and (–3,4)

2. Find the co-ordinates of the point of trisection of the median AB of the triangle ABC

whose vertices are A(– 2, 2 ) ,B (– 1, –3 ) and C (5,7)

3. Find the equation of the line passing through (– 2, 6 ) and the sum of intercepts on the

co-ordinate axes is 5.

4. Find the equation of the line perpendicular to 3x – 2y + 1 = 0 and passes through(1,–2).

0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0

SL Topics Hours Marks

Section - I

1 Introduction to 'C' Language 12 30

2 Condition and Loops 12 30

Section - II

3 Arrays 12 30

4 Strings 4 10

Section - III

5 Structures & Unions 8 20

6 Functions 8 20

7 Preprocessor 4 10

Tests & Assignment 4

Total 64 150

CONTENTS

Topics Content Periods

1 Introduction to 'C' Language 12

1.01 Character set, Variable and Identifiers, Built-in Data Types, Variable

Definition, Declaration, C Key Words-Rules & Guidelines for Naming

Variables.

1.02 Arithmetic operators and Expressions, Constants and Literals, Precedence

and Order of Evaluation.

1.03 Simple assignment statement, Basic input/output statement.

1.04 Simple 'C' programs.

2 Condition and Loops 12

2.01 Decision making within a Program.

2.02 Conditions, Relational Operators, Logical Operator.

2.03 if statement, if-else statement.

2.04 Break, Continue, Switch, Goto and Labels.

2.05 Loop statements.

3 Arrays 12

What is an Array?, Declaring an Array, Initializing an Array. One

dimensional arrays: Array manipulation;Finding the largest/smallest

element in array; Searching & Sorting of element from an array;

Decalring & Initilisation of Two dimensional arrays, Addition/Multiplication

of two matrices, Transpose of a square matrix; Null terminated strings as

array of characters.

Diploma in Computer Science and Engineering / Information Science Engg

Second Semester

Subject: 'C' Programming


CURRICULUM

4 Strings 4

Introduciton, Declaring & Initialising string variables, Reading & writing

strings from variables, Arithmetic operations & chracters, Putting strings

together, Comparision of two strings, String handling functions

5Structures & Unions 8

Basic of Structures, Structures variables, initialization, structure

assignment, nested structure, structures and arrays: arrays of

structures,Unions, Size of structures, Bit fields

6 Functions 8

Definition of Functions, Standard Library of C functions, Prototype of a

function: Formal parameter list, Return Type, Function call, Block

structure, Passing arguments to a Function: call by value, arrays as

function arguments, Structure and functions

7 Pre-Processors 4

Introduction, Macro substituion, File inclusion

Text Book:

1 Programming with ANSI-C, Fourth Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill.

2

Programming With 'C' By Dr. M A Jayaram & D S Rajendra Prasad,Sapna

Publications

Reference Books

SL Title/Publisher

1 Programming with C, Second Edition, Tata Mcgrawhill, 2000.

3Programming with ANSI & Turbo C, First Edition, 2002, Pearson

Education.

4 Basics of Computers and Applications with C programming.

11 Let us C, BPB Publication, New Delhi. Yashwant Kanetkar

Rajesh Hongal

Author

Byron Gottfried

A. Kamthane

E. Balaguruswami

General Objectives- Comprehend the different operators.

- Understand the basic input/output statements.

- Understand the control structures.

- Understand the arrays concept.

- Solve simple problems using arrays.

- Know the user defined functions.

- Design a function to solve a problem.

Understand the structure and union concept.

Appairse different string functions

Understand Preprocessor statement

Specific Objectives- List the character set.

- Define the following

keyword, variable, constants.

- Describe the built-in data types.

- List the variables naming rules.

- Explain the arithmetic, relational, logical operators and expression.

- Discuss the precedence and order of evaluation.

- Describe the simple assignment & Basic input/output statements.

- Write simple C programs.

- List different types of control structures.

- Describe if, if-else, switch conditional statements.

- Explain for, while, do-while loop control structure.

- Define break, continue, goto, labels.

- Define array, string.

- Classify array.

- Discuss insertion, deletion, sorting, searching operations on single

dimensional array.

- Explain addition, subtraction, multiplication, transpose operations on matrices.

- Define function.

- Describe function prototyping.

- List built in functions.

- Define formal, actual parameters.

- Describe block structure.

Explain call-by-value

Describe basics of structure & Unions

Restate structure variables, initialization, assignment.

Explain nested structures, structure & functions, structure & arrays.

Explain C Preprocessing statements

DE SPecific Obj

Diploma Programme

FIRST SEMESTER

Common to E&C ,EI&C, CS&E & IS&E No.of Hrs/Wk : 4 Total No. of Hours/Sem: 64

CONTENT LIST & TIME ALLOCATION

UNIT-1 18 Hrs

Number Systems and Codes 10

Logic Gates 5

Logic Families 3

UNIT-2 18 Hrs

Combinational Logic Circuits 18

UNIT-3 28 Hrs

Boolean Algebra 13

Sequential Logic Circuits 15

TOTAL 64

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

On completion of the course, the student

1 will be able to comprehend the number systems and codes

2 will be familiar with logic gates

3 can realise logic expressions using gates

4 will be able to construct and verify the operation of arithmetic & logic

circuits

5 can understand and appreciate the relevance of combinational circuits

6 will know various logic families

7 will be able to realise various flip-flops using logic gates

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

1 NUMBER SYSTEMS AND CODES

1.1 List different number systems & their relevance: binary, octal,

decimal, hexadecimal

1.2 Study the Conversion from one number system to another

1.3 Perform Arithmetic operations on all number systems

1.4 Represent the Concept of complementay numbers: 1's & 2's

complementary of binary numbers

1.5 Perform Subtraction of binary numbers using complementary

numbers

1.6 Study Codes: definition,relevance,types (BCD, Gray, Excess-3,

ASCII & EBCDIC) and applications

1.7 Examples for the above

2 LOGIC GATES


SUBJECT : DIGITAL ELECTRONICS-1

Page 1 of 4

DE SPecific Obj

2.1 Illustrate the Difference between analog signals & systems and

digital signals & systems

2.2

Discuss the Types of logics & representation using electric signals

2.3 Know the Definition of gate

2.4 Learn the Basic Logic Gates (NOT, OR, AND, NOR, NAND, EX-OR

& EX-NOR) - symbol,function, expression, truth table .

2.5

Define Universal Gates with examples & realisation of other gates

3 BOOLEAN ALGEBRA

3.1 Understand Boolean: constants, variables & functions

3.2 Comprehend the Laws & Identities of Boolean algebra

3.3 State and prove Demargan's Theorems

3.4 Represent Logic Expression: SOP & POS forms & conversion

3.5 Simplify the Logic Expressions / Functions (Maximum of 4 variables)

: using Boolean algebra and Karnaugh's map methods

3.6 Realisation of simplified logic expressions using gates

4 COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS

4.1 Define a Combinational Circuit and explain with examples

4.2 Arithmetic Circuits (Binary)

a) Realise function,Logical expression, gate Level logic circuit , truth

table & applications of half-adder, half-subtractor, full-adder & full-

subtractor

b)Explain Serial & Parallel adders: concept, comparison &

applications.

c) Working of 2 & 4 bit parallel adders with logic circuit .

d) Construct 2 bit Magnitude Comparator: logic expression, truth

table,gate level circuit .

4.3

Discuss Encoders: definition, relevance, gate level circuit of decimal

to BCD Encoders, Truth table, Definition of Priority Encoder.

4.4 Discuss Decoders: definition, relevance, gate level circuit of BCD to

Decimal Decoders, BCD to Seven Segment Decoder with truth

tables.

4.5 Explain the working of Binary-Decimal: Encoder & Decoder

4.6 Discuss Multiplexers: definition, relevance, gate level circuit and

Truth Tables of 2:1, 4:1, 8:1.Multiplexers.

4.7 Realisation of high order multiplexers using simple multiplexers

4.8 Discuss Demultiplexers: Definition, relevance, gate level circuit and

truth tables of 1:2, 1:4 ,1:8 Demultiplexers .

5 SEQUENTIAL LOGIC CIRCUITS

5.1 Flip-Flops

5.1.1 Define Sequential Circuit: Explain with examples5.1.2 Compare Combinational and Sequential Logic Circuits

Page 2 of 4

DE SPecific Obj

5.1.3 Clock-definition, characteristics, types of triggering & waveform.5.1.4 Define Flip-flop 5.1.5 Study RS, clocked RS, D, T, JK FF -Race around condition, MS-JK

flip-flops with gatelevel circuit using NAND gates only, logic circuit

and truth table.5.1.6 Applications of flip-flops.

5.2 SHIFT REGISTERS5.2.1 Introduction to Registers.5.2.2 Explain the working of various types of shift registers -

SISO,SIPO,PISO,PIPO with truth table using flip flop 5.2.3 Working of 4 Bit Ring and Johnson Counters with timing diagram and

Truth table.5.2.4 Applications of shift registers

5.3 COUNTERS5.3.1 Define Synchronous and Asynchronous Counters - Their

Comparison.5.3.2 Explain the modulus of a counter5.3.3 Design of different Modulo counters using decoding gates.5.3.4 Explain the working of 4 bit ripple counter with truth table and timing

diagram5.3.5 Define the propagation delay in ripple counter 5.3.6 Explain the Four Bit Synchronous counter with truth table and timing

diagram5.3.7 List out applications of counters

6 LOGIC FAMILIES

6.1 Introduction, list of various logic families & standard notations6.2

Explain propagation delay, fan-out, fan-in, power dissipiation,Noise

Margin, Noise Immunity & speed with reference to logic families.6.3 List and Compare the Features of Standard TTL, CMOS & ECL-

Concept of Saturated and Non Saturated Logic.6.4 Describe the Interfacing between TTL & CMOS

Text Books1 Digital Principles & Applications - Floyd

2

Digital Electronics Devices Principles & Applications -A.K. Maini (Willey Eastern

Publications)

3 Digital Electronics I - By K Shashidhar,Sapna Publications

4 Digital Electronics - By A. P. Godse

REFERENCES

1 Digital Principles & Applications - Mavino and Leach

2 Digital Computer Fundamentals- Thomos C Bartee

3 Digital Electronics and Integrated Circuits- R P Jain & M M S Anand

4 Digital Systems- Tocci

Page 3 of 4

DE SPecific Obj

5 Digital Principles- Morris Mano

Page 4 of 4

ENGLISH COMMUNICATION

TABLE OF SPECIFICATIONS

Sl NO

Ability

Content

Knowledge

Comprehension

Application

Analysis Total

1 Lessons 5 25 10 40

2 Parts of speech 2 02

3 Countable & Uncountable nouns 2 2

4 Use of some, any etc. 6 6

5 Main & Aux. verbs 2 2

6 Uses of Tenses 8 8

7 Voice 4 4

8 Interrogatives 2 2

9 Negatives 2 2

10 Prepositions 4 4

11 Question tags 2 2

12 Use of adverb too 2 2

13 Use of idioms & phrases 4 4

14 Story from outlines 5 5

15 Developing notes into a paragraph 5 5

16 Comprehension of unseen passage 5 5

17 Summarising 5 5

Total 13 32 40 15 100


All Diploma Courses in Engineering and Technology Streams

Second Semester

ENGLISH COMMUNICATION

Contact Hrs./Week: 4 Contact Hrs. / Semester: 64

GOAL: IMPROVEMENT OF ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS OF I OR II SEMESTER

STUDENTS OF DIPLOMA COURSES IN ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY.

SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:

1 READING SKILL

The student is able to :

1.1 Understand the difficult words and phrases in the lesson

1.2 Use the words and phrases correctly in his own sentences

1.3 Read the lesson properly without mistakes

1.4 Read the given passage correctly.

2 WRITING SKILL

The student is able to

2.1 Write the answers correctly to the questions on the lessons

2.2 Write personal letters in the proper format without mistakes

2.3 Use words and phrases in his own sentences

2.4 write grammatically correct sentences.

3 PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE OF GRAMMAR

The student is able to

3.1 Use verbs correctly

3.2 Use various phrases appropriately

3.3 Use interrogatives and negatives

3.4 Convert active voice into passive and vice versa

3.5 Frame questions, question tags and give short form answers correctly

3.6 Use prepositions appropriately

4 COMPREHENSION

4.1 The student is able to read and understand the seen & unseen passages

and answer the questions given

5 CREATING AWARENESS

5.1 The student becomes aware of current environmental issues and

about his responsibilities toward environment factors.

5.2 Awareness about Right to Information Act

CONTENT

1 TEXT BOOK

“ENGLISH COMMUNICATION FOR POLYTECHNICS” By NITTTR, Chennai and Published by Orient BlackSwan Pvt Ltd, Hyderabad.

2 GRAMMAR

2.1 PARTS OF SPEECH

2.2 COUNTABLE, UNCOUNTABLE AND PROPER; NOUNS

2.3 USE OF SOME, ANY, MUCH, MANY, A LOT OF, ETC.,

2.4 MAIN AND AUXILIARY VERBS

2.5 USES OF TENSES

2.6 ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICE

2.7 INTEROGATIVES

2.8 NEGATIVES

2.9 PREPOSITIONS

3.1 QUESTION TAGS

3.2 USE OF ADVERB TOO

3.3 USING PHRASES IN OWN SENTENCES

3 COMPOSITION & COMPREHENSION

3.1 WRITING RESPONSE TO PICTURE

3.2 STORY FROM GIVEN OUTLINES

3.3 EXPANDING OUTLINES INTO PARAGRAPH

3.4 PARAGRAPH WRITING USING HINTS

3.5 COMPREHENSION OF UNSEEN PASSAGE

3.6 NOTE MAKING

3.7 DEVELOPING NOTES INTO PARAGRAPHS

3.8 SUMMERISING

MONTHLY TESTS

READING AND COMPREHENSION EVALUATION

Applied Mathematics – II Page 1 of 11

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION –

KARNATAKA

SUBJECT: APPLIED MATHEMATICS – II

For II - Semester

DIPLOMA COURSES OF ALL BRANCHES

Contact hour per week: 04 Contact hour per Semester: 64

UNIT NO. CHAPTER TITLE CONTACT

HR.

DIFFERENTIATION CALCULUS 1 LIMITS 6

2 DIFFERENTIATION 16

3 APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION 6

INTEGRAL CALCULUS

4 INDEFINITE INTEGRATION 14

5 DEFINITE INTEGRATION 4

6 APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRATION 2

7 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12

8 TESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS 4

TOTAL HOUR 64

REFFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Applied Mathematics –II By W.R Neelakanta. Sapna Publications.

2. Applied Mathematics –II By Dr. D S Prakash S Chand Publications

3. Text Books of PUC-2 mathematics.

4. Applied Mathematics –II for Polytechnics- By different Authors.

5. Engineering Mathematics.


QUESTION PAPER BLUE PRINT

FOR APPLIED MATHEMATICS – II

UN

IT N

O.

HO

UR

Questions

to be set (2

Marks)

PART- A

Questions

to be set (5

Marks)

PART- B

Questions

to be set (5

Marks)

PART- C

Questions

to be set (5

Marks)

PART- D

1 6 2 2 - -

2 16 4 6 - -

3 6 2 2 - -

4 14 4 - 6 -

5 4 3 - 1 -

6 2 - - 1 - 7 12 - - - 6

TOTA

L

64 15 10 08 06

Questions to

be answered 10 07 05 04

APPLIED – MATHEMATICS – II

Marks No. of Questions No. of Questions

to be set to be Answered

Part A 2 X 10 = 20 15 10

Part B 5 X 07 = 35 10 07

Part C 5 X 05 = 25 08 05

Part D 5 X 04 = 20 06 04

Total = 100


Diploma Courses of All Engineering Branches

II Semester

Sub: Applied Mathematics II

CONTENTS

UNIT – 1: LIMITS. 6 Hr.

Variables and Constants. Definition of function. Types of function: Direct and

Inverse functions, Explicit and implicit function, Odd and even functions (Definition

with examples). Concept of x tends to ‘a’. Definition of limit of a function. Problems

on limit of a function by factorization, rationalization when x tend to ‘0’, when x tend

to ‘∞’ and x tend to ‘a’. Derivations of algebraic and trigonometric limits. Problems.

Standard limit (only statement)

enenx

ea

x

an

n

n

n

x

xe

x

x

1

0001lim 4.

11lim3. 1

1lim.2 log

1lim.1

Simple problems on standard limits.

UNIT – 2: DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS. 16 Hr.

Definition of increment and increment ratio. Definition of derivative of a

function. Derivatives of functions of xn, sinx, cosx and tanx with respect to ‘x’ from

first principle method. List of standard derivatives. Rules of differentiation: Sum,

product and quotient of functions. Problems on rules. Derivatives of function of a

function (Chain rule). Derivatives of inverse Trigonometric functions, Hyperbolic

functions and inverse of hyperbolic functions, Implicit functions, Parametric

functions. Problems. Logarithmic differentiation. Problems. Successive differentiation

up to second order. Problems.

UNIT – 3: APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION. 6 Hr.

Geometrical meaning of derivative. Equation of tangent and normal to the

curve y = f(x) at a given point. Derivative as a rate measure. Definition of increasing

and decreasing function. Maxima and minima of a function.

UNIT – 4: INTEGRAL CALCULUS. 14 Hr.

Definition of Integration. List of standard integrals. Rules of integration (only

statement)

problems. Integration by substitution method. Problems. Integrals of functions

involving a2 + x

2 , a

2 – x

2 and their radicals. Some important integrals of the type

g(x)dxf(x)dxdxg(x)f(x) 2. .)()(.1 dxxfkdxxkf


proof. with sin 2. tan1

.1 1

22

1

22c

a

x

xa

dxc

a

x

aax

dx

proof) no 7 to3 ( sec1

7.

cosh 6. .0 a if log2

1 5.

.0 x if log2

1 4. sinh.3

1

22

1

2222

22

1

22

ca

x

aaxx

dx

ca

x

ax

dxxc

xa

xa

axa

dx

acax

ax

aax

dxc

a

x

xa

dx

Integrals of the forms:

Problems. dx. ,dx , ,

2222cbxax

qpx

cbxax

qpx

cbxax

dx

cbxax

dx

Integration by parts. Rule of integration by parts. Problems.

Integration of the forms: Problems. dx)(ff(x) 1x

xe

UNIT – 5: DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 4 Hr.

Definition of Definite integral. Theorems on definite integrals. Problems.

Definite integrals of the type Problems. tan1

1 ,

tan1

12

0

2

0

dxx

dxx

UNIT – 6: APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 2 Hr.

Find area, volume and r m s value of a function. Problems.

UNIT – 7: DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. 12 Hr.

Definition, example, order and degree of differential equation with examples.

Formation of differential equation by eliminating arbitrary constants up to second

order. Solution of D E of first degree and first order by variable separable method.

Solution of differential equations reducible to variable separable form. Linear

equations and its solution. Solution of differential equations reducible to linear form-

Bernoulli’s form. Homogeneous form and its solution. Solution of differential

equations reducible to homogeneous form. Exact differential equation and its solution.

Solutions of differential equation of a type

problems. Simple constants. are c b, a, where,02

2

cydx

dyb

dx

yda


GENERAL AND SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

UNIT – 1: LIMITS. 6 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

1.1 To understand variables, constants and functions.

1.2 To know the indeterminant form and evaluation of limit of a given function.


1.1.1 Explain calculus as calculation of Infinitesimal values.

1.1.2 Define Independent, dependent variable and constants with examples.

1.1.3 Define a function.

1.1.4 List types of functions.

1.1.5 Define 1. Direct and inverse functions 2. Explicit and Implicit function

3.Odd and even function with examples.

1.2.1 Explain the concept of x tends ‘a’.

1.2.2 Define limit of a function.

1.2.3 Solve problems on limit of a function by factorization.

1.2.4 Solve problems on limit of a function by rationalization.

1.2.5 Solve problems on limit of a function when x tends INFINITY.

1.2.6 Deduce

radiansin is where1sin

lim

number. rationalany for lim

0

1

nnn

axna

ax

ax

1.2.7 Solve problems on above results.

1.2.8. Write formula for standard limits(statement only).

n

nx

e

x

nenx

ea

x

a 1

0nn0x0x1lim

11lim 3. 1

1lim 2. log

1lim1.

1.2.9 Solve simple problems on above results.

UNIT – 2: DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS. 16 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

2.1 To understand the differentiation of a function in terms of limit of a function.

2.2 To know different methods of differentiation.

2.3 To know the derivatives of higher order up to second order.



2.1.1 Define increment and increment ratio.

2.1.2 Define differentiation.

2.1.3 Derive the differential co-efficient (dy/dx).

2.1.4 Derive differentiation of a functions from first principle method xn , Sinx, Cosx

and Tanx with respect to ‘x’.

2.1.5 State derivative of ex and log x.

2.2.1 State rules of differentiation: Derivatives of Sum, Product and quotient of

function.

2.2.2 Solve problems on rules of differentiation.

2.2.3 Obtain the derivatives of function of a function (Chain Rule), Inverse T-

functions, Implicit functions & Parametric functions

2.2.4 Solve problems on above types.

2.2.5 Carry out logarithmic Differentiation

2.2.6 Solve problem of the type xx , a

x , x

Sin x, x

1/x etc.,

2.3.1 Obtain the second derivative of a function.

2.3.2 Solve problems on Successive differentiation.

UNIT -3: APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION. 6Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

3.1 To understand dy/dx as slope of a tangent.

3.2 To illustrate dy / dx as a rate measure.

3.3 To understand maxima and minima of a function.


3.1.1 Explain geometrical meaning dy / dx as a slope of tangent.

3.1.2 Find equation of tangent and normal to a curve y = f(x) at a given point.

3.1.3 Solve problems on tangent and normals.

3.2.1 Explain derivative as a rate measure.

3.2.2 Obtain velocity and acceleration for a moving body whose equation of motion

is given.

3.2.3 Solve problems on rate measure including variation of area, volume etc.,

3.3.1 Define increasing and decreasing function.

3.3.2 State the condition for maxima and minima of a function, no proof.

3.3.3 Find maximum and minimum values of a function.

UNIT – 4: INTEGRAL CALCULUS. 14 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

4.1 To know integration as converse process of differentiation.

4.2 To understand indefinite integral.


4.1.1 Define integration as anti derivative.

4.1.2 List of standard integrals.

4.1.3 State rules of Integration.


4.1.4 Solve the problems on rules of integration.

4.2.1 Explain integration by substitution method.

4.2.2 Solve problems on substitution method.

4.2.3 Derive . sin 2. tan1

.1 1

22

1

22c

a

x

xa

dxc

a

x

aax

dx

4.2.4 Write

proof) no 7 to3 ( sec1

7.

cosh 6. .0 a if log2

1 5.

.0 x if log2

1 4. sinh.3

1

22

1

2222

22

1

22

ca

x

aaxx

dx

ca

x

ax

dxxc

xa

xa

axa

dx

acax

ax

aax

dxc

a

x

xa

dx


4.2.5 Write

dx. ,dx , ,

2222cbxax

qpx

cbxax

qpx

cbxax

dx

cbxax

dx


4.2.6 Explain the rule integration by parts.

4.2.7 Solve problems of the type x sinx, x2 Cos x, (ax + b) e

x, x sin

2x, log x, e

x sinx,

x log x etc.,

4.2.8 Solve problems of the type dx)(ff(x) 1x

xe

UNIT – 5: DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 4 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

5.1 To understand the concept of definite integral to eliminate constant of

integration.


5.1.1 State, a b f(x) dx as a definite integral.

5.1.2 State theorems on definite integrals.

5.1.3 Solve the problems of the same type as in indefinite integral using limits of

integration.

5.1.4 Solve definite integrals of the type tan1

1 ,

tan1

12

0

2

0

dxx

dxx

UNIT – 6: APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 2 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.


6.1 To understand definite integral as a tool to find area under the curve, volume

of solid of revolution and r m s value of a function.


6.1.1 Explain definite integral as a limit of sum (statement).

6.1.2 Write the formulae for finding area, volume and r m s value of a function.

6.1.3 Solve problems on above applications.

UNIT – 7: DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. 12 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

7.1 To understand the concept of differential equation.

7.2 To solve differential equation for unknown functions.


7.1.1 Define differential equation with examples.

7.1.2 Define Order and Degree of D E with examples.

7.1.3 Formation of D E by eliminating arbitrary constants.

7.2.1 Obtain the solution of D E by variable separable method.

7.2.2 Solve problems on variable separable method.

7.2.3 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to variable separable method – Solve

problems.

7.2.4 Obtain the solution of linear D E of the type QPydx

dy --solve problems.

7.2.5 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to linear form (Bernoulli’s form) –solve

problems.

7.2.6 Obtain the solution of D E by Homogeneous form – solve problems.

7.2.7 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to homogeneous form – solve problems

7.2.8 Obtain the solution of Exact D E --- solve problems.

7.2.9 Obtain the solution of D E of the type ,02

2

cydx

dyb

dx

yda -- Solve simple

problems only.

*************************************************


BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARANATAKA


Code:

APPLED MATHEMATICS –II ( FOR ALL COURSES)

Time: 3 Hrs

Maximum marks:100

NOTE: i) Answer any 10 questions in section A, 7 questions in section B

5 questions in section C, & 4 questions in D

ii) Each question carries 2 marks in section A

iii) Each question carries 5 marks in remaining section

SECTION – A

1. Evaluate 2

20

sin 3lim

tan 4x

x

x

2.Evaluate3

42

8lim

16x

x

x

3. Find dy

dx if y = 1 –cos4x

4. Find dy

dx if x

2 + y

2 = a

2

5. Find dy

dx if x = a sinθ and y = a cosθ

6. Find the slope of a tangent to the curve y = x2+6x – 7 at point ( 1, –2)

7. If s = 4t2 – 4t + 6 then find velocity when t = 2second

8. Evaluate tanx xe e dx

9. Evaluate 2sin xdx

10 Evaluate cos (1 4 )ec x dx

11. Evaluate

4

0

1dx

x

12. Evaluate2

0

sin x dx


13. Evaluate 2

2

0

tan x dx

14. Evaluate2

sin

cos

xdx

x

15. Show that( )xd a

dx = a

x loge a

SECTION – B

1. Prove geometrically 0

sinlim

2. Evaluate0

3sin 2 5lim

4 tanx

x x

x x

1 xdy

edx

3. Find the derivative of tanx w.r.to x form the first principle

4. If y = ex ( sinx – cosx ), find dy/dx.

5. If y = 2 3sinh

3 2cosh

x

x

, find dy/dx

6. If xcoy + ysin(x/y) = k find dy/dx.

7. Find dy/dx if x = a(cosθ + θ ) and y = a ( 1 – sinθ )

8. If y = sinx cosx

, find dy/dx.

9. Find the equations of tangent and normal to the curve y2 = 9x at ( 1, - 3 )

10. Find the maximum and minimum value of the fuction 2x3 - 12 x

2 + 18x + 5.

SECTION – C

1. Evaluate 3sin xdx

2. Evaluate 2 6 13

dx

x x

3. Evaluate 2 sinx xdx

4. Evaluate 2

2 3

8 2

xdx

x x

5. Evaluate 2

3

0

cos x dx


6. Evaluate .logx xdx

7. Evaluate 4

2 1

xdx

x

8. find the area bounded by the curve y = 4x – x2 – 3 and x-axis.

SECTION – D

Solve the following equations;

1.sec2x tany dx + sec

2y tanx dy= 0

2. y (1 + x) dx + x (1 + y) dy = 0

3. (y3 – 3x

2y ) dx – (x

3 – 3xy

2 ) dy = 0

4. ( 3y – 7x + 7 ) dx + ( 7y – 3x + 3 ) dy = 0

5. ( 2x + y + 1 ) dx + ( x + 2y + 1 ) dy = 0

6. ey 1 xdy

edx

0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0

General Objectives : After the completion of the study of this subject students should be able to

- Analyse the given problem

- Think the logic to solve the given problem

- Know the various data types, operators and expressions in C

- Know the various control structures in C

- Understand Arrays, Strings, Structures and Unions in C

- Write programs to solve the given problem in C

- Write structured programs using functions

1 WAP to swap the values of two variables without using third variable

2 WAP to find the largest/smallest of 3 numbers (using conditional

operator)

3 WAP to calculate the total interset based on the following

principal amount (Rs) rate of interset

>=10000 20%

>=8000 && <=9999 18%

<8000 16%

4 WAP to find whether the given character is vowel or not (Use Switch)

5 WAP to calculate the roots of a quadratic equation(consider all

possible cases) ( Using Nested If and Switch)

6 WAP to sum & reverse a given integer

7 WAP to check whether the given number is prime or not

8 WAP to find the number of and sum of all integers greater than 100

and less than 200 that are divisible by 7.

9 WAP to detect the Armstrong numbers in three digitss from 100 to 999.

note:- if sum of the digits of the number is equal to number itself, then the

number is called armstrong number

10 WAP to evaluate sine series

11 WAP to generate fibanocci series

12 WAP to convert binary to decimal & vice versa

13 WAP to calculate factorial of a given number using function

14 WAP to find GCD of two numbers using function

15 WAP to find sum and count of positive and negative numbers in an array

16 WAP to search for a given number in an array

17 WAP to find the transponse of a given matrix

18 WAP to addition two matrices

19 WAP to mulitply two matrices

20 WAP to sort a list of names

21 WAP to check whether the given string is palindrome or not

Graded Exersises

Department of Technical Education, Karnataka

Diploma in Computer Science and Engineering / Information Science &

Engineering

Second Semester

Subject: C Programming Lab


Page 1 of 3

22 WAP to create a structure with employee details and display the same

23

WAP to process student structure containing roll number, class and age as

members. The program must read 5 student record in an array of structure

and display the details of a student who is eldest. Use a function to find the

eldest for which array of structure is an argument.

24WAP to count the number of constants, vowels, digits, white space &

special characters in a given sentence.

25 WAP to demonstrate # define function.

Scheme of evaluation

1. Record 05

2. Writing two programs 30

3. Entering one program 10

4. Executing one program 25

5. Print out with results 10

6. Viva voce 20

Total 100 marks

Reference Books:

1. Programming in C - E.Balaguruswamy

2. Programming in C - Yashavant Kanetkar

3. Programming with ANSI and Turbo C --- Ashok N. Kamthane

4. The Spirit of 'C' - MULLISH COOPER

5. Basics of Computers and Applications with C programming - Rajesh

Hongal

Page 2 of 3

Graded Exersises

Page 3 of 3

Digital Lab CS&IS

GENERAL OBJECTIVES:

1

2

1

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

13

14

15

16

REFERENCES :

Note: Pin diagrams of IC's shall be provided to the students .1

2

3

4

5

SCHEME OF VALUATION

Total


FIRST SEMESTER

Diploma in Computer Science & Engineering / Information Sc. & Engg.

Page 1 of 3

Digital Lab CS&IS

SUBJECT : DIGITAL LAB (CS&IS)

Hrs/Week -- 6 Total No. of Hrs. - 96

GENERAL OBJECTIVES:

On completion the lab course, the student will be able to

Familiarize with the use of digital ICs , IC TESTER

Understand and comprehend the simple design aspects of digital circuits

LIST OF GRADED EXERCISES

Part A

Familiarization of Digital trainer kit, IC tester, Logic pulser, logic probe

Study of IC Manual and familiarization of Ics and IC families

Part B

Familiarization of logic gates using Ics

a) 7400 b) 7402 c) 7404 d) 7408 e) 7432 f) 7486

Realization of NOT, OR, AND, NOR, EX-OR and EX-NOR gates using NAND gate

Realization of NOT, OR, AND, NOR, EX-OR and EX-NOR gates using NOR gate

Implementing and verifying Boolean Expression using logic gates

Verification of DeMorgan's theorem and realization of the given expression using Demorgan's law

Implementing Half Adder and Full Adder using logic gates

implementing Half Subtractor and Full Subtractor using logic gates

Verification of truth table of Flip-Flop

i ) Clocked RS FF using NAND Gates

ii) JK FF Using IC 7476

iii) MS-JK FF Using IC 7476

iii) T and D FF

Realize Binary to Gray code converter using IC 7486

Interface 7 segment display with IC 7447 / 7448 decoder .

Verify the truth table of 1:8 Demultiplexer and 8:1 multiplexer using IC 74138 and 74151 respectively

Realize and verify the truth table of 4:1 Multiplexer using 2:1 Multiplexer (74157)

Shift Registers SISO,SIPO, PISO, PIPO using 7495

Up-down counter using 74190/74191

Decade counter using 7490

REFERENCES :

DIGITAL ELECTRONICS PRACTICE WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS

R.P.JAIN AND MMS ANAND

Note: Pin diagrams of IC's shall be provided to the students .Record

Write any one Experiments (Circuit Diagram,Truth Table Expression)

Conduction any one Experiment

Result

Viva-Voce

SCHEME OF VALUATION

Total


FIRST SEMESTER


Page 2 of 3

Digital Lab CS&IS

6

6

3

6

6

6

6

6

6

12

3

3

6

3

12

3

3

96

5

30

30

15

20

100

SCHEME OF VALUATION


FIRST SEMESTER


Page 3 of 3

General Objectives :

After the completion of the study of this subject students should be able to

- Know aboute multimedia applications

- Understand multimedia tools

- Comprehend multimedia elements

- understand the picture edit,save option.

- Design animiation projects

Using Flash and Photoshop

1 Create an animation to represent the growing moon.

2 Create an animation to indicate a ball bouncing on steps.

3 Simulate Movement of a cloud.

4 Draw the Fan blades as shown in the picture below. Make the fan to work by giving proper animations.

5 Display the background given (FileName: Tulip.jpg) through your name.

6 Create an animation with the following features.

WELCOME

* Letters should appear one by one

* The fill colour of The text should change to a different colour after

the display of the full word.

7 Simulate a ball hitting another ball.

8 Create an Animated Cursor

Startdrag("ss", true); Mouse.Hide();

9 Design a visiting card containing atleast one graphic and text information.

10 Take a photographic image. Give a title for the image. Put the border.

Write your names. Write the Name of Institution and Place.

11 Prepare a cover page for the book in your subject area.

Plan your own design.

12 You are given a picture of a flower and associated background (Extract.jpg).

Extract the Flower only from that and organise it on a background.

Select your own background for organisation.

13 You are given a picture (BrightnessContrast.jpg). Adjust the

brightness and contrast of the picture so that it gives an elegant look.

14 You are given a picture (position.jpg). Position the picture preferably

on a plain background of a colour of your choice - Positioning includes

rotation and scaling.

15 Remove the arrows and text from the given photographic image

(Filename: photo.jpg).

16 Type a word; apply the following effects. Shadow Emboss

17 Using appropriate tool(s) from the Toolbox, cut the objects from the 3 files

(f1.jpg, f2.jpg & f3.jpg) given to you; organise them in a single file and

apply feather effects.

18 Display the background given (FileName: garden.jpg) through your

Graded Exersises

Department of Technical Education, Karnataka

Diploma in Computer Science and Engineering / Information Science &

Engineering

Second Semester

Subject: Multimedia Lab


Page 1 of 3

name using Mask.

19 A Picture of two parrots (parrots.jpg) is given to you. Make anyone of

one of the parrots in Black & White.

20 Using Flash change a circle into a squre.

Scheme of evaluation

1. Record 05

2. Writing two procedures 30

3. Executing one problem 35

4. Print out with results 10

5. Viva voce 5 20

Total 100 marks

Reference Books:

1 Ben Long, (2001). Complete Digital Photography, Charles River Media, Inc.,

Hingham, Massachusetts.

2 Bryce Button - Nonlinear Editing (2002). "Storytelling, Aesthetics, & Craft",

California: CMP Books.,

3 Casanova, J.V. & Elias, L.F. (1998), Multimedia Graphics, New Delhi:

Prentice Hall of India.

4 Casanova, J.V. & Molina, L. (1998), Multimedia: An introduction, New Delhi:

Prentice Hall of India.

5 Casanova, J.V.& Molina, L.(1998), Multimedia Production,

Planning and Delivery, New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India.

6 Vaughen, T (2008), Multimedia Making it work, (th ed.) New Delhi

TMH Publishing Company Ltd. Project report on copyright

[http://www.fepproject.org/policyreports.copyright.html]. www.adobe.com

Wikipedia[http://en. wikiped ia. org/wiki/copyright]

www.webdevelopersiournal.com

http://ansel.his.duq.edu http://www.adobe.com

Softwares: Photo Shop, Flash & Adobe Illustrator

Page 2 of 3

Graded Exersises

Page 3 of 3

Govt. of Karnataka, Department of Technical Education


Third Semester

Subject: ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF ALGORITHM

Contact Hrs / week: 04 Total hrs: 64

Topic Analysis

Chapter

No.

Contents

No. of

Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

PART-A

Algorithm Analysis

Methodologies for Analyzing algorithm Asymptotic Notations

PART-B Graphs

Optimization Problems

Brute Force Methods

PART-C Divide and Conquer

Decrease and Conquer

Dynamic Programming

PART-D Greedy Technique

Backtracking

Branch and Bound

Tests and Assignments

Industry innovation

03

05

06

04

03

04

06

03

06

06

06

04

05

03

Total 64

DETAILS OF THE CONTENTS

PART I

1. Introduction 03

1.1 Algorithm Definitions

1.2 Fundamentals of algorithm problem solving

1.3 The efficiency of algorithms

1.4 Best, Average and worst case analysis

2. Methodologies for Analyzing algorithm 05 2.1 Pseudo code

2.2 The Random Access Machine

2.3 Counting the primitive operations

2.3 Analyzing Recursive Algorithms

2.4 Algorithm Complexities

2.4.1 Space Complexity

2.4.1.1 Analysis of space complexity

2.4.1.2 How to calculate Space complexity?

2.4.2 Time Complexity

3. Asymptotic Notations 06 3.1 The Big-oh Notation

3.2 The Big-omega Notation

3.3 The big-theta notation

3.4 Ordering functions by their Growth rates

3.5 A quick Mathematical Review

3.5.1 Summations

3.5.2 Logarithms and Exponents

3.6 Case Studies in Algorithm Analysis

3.6.1 A Quadratic Time Prefix Averages Algorithm

3.6.1 A Linear Time Prefix Averages Algorithm

PART II

4. Graphs 04 4.1 Definitions and Representations

4.2 Different types of graph

4.3 Searching Methods: DFS and BFS

4.4 Introduction to Trees

4.5 Applications

5. Optimization Problems 03

5.1 Feasible Solutions

5.2 Optimal Solutions

5.3 Important problem types: Sorting, Searching, string processing, graph

problems, combinatorial problems, Geometric problems, Numeric problems.

6. Brute Force method 04

6.1 Selection Sort

6.2 Bubble Sort

6.3 Sequential Search

6.4 Exhaustive Search

6.4.1 Traveling Salesman problem

6.4.2 0/1 Knapsack Problem

PART III

7. Divide and Conquer 06 7.1 Merge Sort

7.2 Quick Sort

7.3 Stressen’s Matrix Multiplication

8. Decrease and Conquer 03

8.1 Insertion Sort

8.1.1 Analysis of Insertion sort

8.1.2 Implementation

8.2 Topological Sorting

9. Dynamic Programming 06

9.1 Warshall’s algorithm

9.2 Floyd’s Algorithm

9.3 0/1 Knapsack problem

PART IV

10. Greedy Technique 06

10.1 Prim’s Algorithm

10.2 Kruskal’s Algorithm

10.3 Dijikstra’s Algorithm

10.4 Huffman Trees

11. Backtracking 06

11.1 The method

11.2 Explicit and Implicit constraints

11.3 Solution Space

11.4 n-queens problem

11.5 Traveling Salesman problem

12. Branch and Bound 04

12.1 Assignment problem

12.2 0/1 Knapsack Problem

12.3 Traveling Salesman problem

13. Tests and Assignment 05

14. Case Studies 03

GENERAL EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES:

1 Understand the concepts of designing and analysis of an algorithm

2 Comprehend to evaluate the algorithm performance

3 Understand the different methods of analyzing algorithm

4 Understand the various algorithm design methods


PART I

1. Define algorithm and the fundamental problem solving steps.

Analysis the efficiency of Algorithm

Learn to analyze an algorithm using average & worst-case

Learn Average case analysis

2. Learn the Pseudo code

Analyze space complexities & time complexity of algorithm.

Know the different methods to find the time Complexity.

Analyze recursive algorithms.

3. Learn the asymptotic notations

Learn ordering of Functions by their growth rate.

Review the basic mathematical concepts of summation , logarithms and

Exponents

Analyze the Case Studies

PART II 4. Understand the definition and representation of Graph.

Learn the Different searching methods in graph.

Define trees

Understand the Applications

5 Learn the Basic Algorithm solving method: Brute force,

Some examples

Learn The different problem types,

6 Learn the concept of Brute Force method

Implement

The Brute Force Method

Analyze the applications

PART III

7 . Learn the concept of Divide & conquer method

Implement

The Divide & conquer Method


8. Learn the concept of Decrease & conquer method

Implement

The Decrease & conquer Method


9. Learn the concept of Dynamic programming method

Implement

The Dynamic programming Method


PART IV

10. Learn the concept of Greedy method

Implement

The Greedy Method


11. Learn the concept of Backtracking method

Implement

The Backtracking Method


12. Learn the concept of Branch & Bound method

Implement

The Branch & Bound Method


TEXT BOOKS:

1. Algorithms Design by Michael T.Good Rich and Roberto Tamassia, WILEY

INDIA EDITION 2009( for chapter 2.1-2.3, 3.4-3.6)

2. Introduction to the design & Analysis of Algorithms by Anany

Levitin( for chapters 1.3,1.4,3.1- 3.3)

4. Analysis And Design of Algorithms by Nandagopalan, Sapna Publications

( for Chapters 1.1-1.2,2.4)

Note: for other chapters refer any book mentioned here.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

2. Fundamentals of computer Algorithms by Ellis Horowitz

Sartaj Sahani Sanguthevar Rajasekaran.

4. Design and Analysis of Algorithm by prabhakar gupta,vineet agarwal,

monish varshney.

5. Design Methods and Analysis of Algorithms by S.K.Basu by PHI .

WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS IN EACH TOPIC

Unit No. Chapter

No.

Contents

No. of Hours

Marks

Unit 1

Unit 2

Unit 3

Unit 4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Algorithm Analysis

Methodologies for Analyzing algorithm Asymptotic Notations

Graphs

Optimization Problems

Brute Force Methods

Divide and Conquer

Decrease and Conquer

Dynamic Programming

Greedy Technique

Backtracking

Branch and Bound

03

05

06

04

03

04

06

03

06

06

06

04

15

10

10

15

10

15

15

08

12

15

10

10

Total 56 145


INFORMATION SCIENCE


Note: Question No 1 is compulsory. Answer any two full questions in each section.

Q No 1(a) Fill in the blanks

i._________ Provides asymptotic lower bound.

ii. A Sub graph of a Graph Without any Cycle is called as________

iii. _________is the time complexity of bubble sort

iv. In Quick sort we assume the first element as__________

v._________ is a systematic approach to solve a problem

(b) Write a short note on brute force method.

Section 1

Q No 2 a) Define algorithm and the fundamental problem solving steps 7

b) Define time and space complexities. 5

c) Write a pseudo code on selection sort 4

3 a) Define Asymptotic notations? Explain its types 6

b) Explain with an example how to analyze Recursive algorithms 4

c) Explain Random Access Machine with an Example 5

4 a) Define Graphs and its Representations 4

b) Analyze the best, average and the worst cases of Sequential

Search. 5

c) What are Spanning trees explain with an example. 6

Section 2

5 a) Explain the following. 4

1) Bipartite graph

2) Directed Acyclic Graph

b) What are optimization problems? Define the feasible and 6

optimal solutions.

c) What are combinatorial, geometrical and numerical problems 5

6 a) Apply bubble sort to the following instance of an array: [45, 23,

89,11, 27, 38] 5

b) Write a recursive algorithm to search for a key element in an 4

array of size n.

c) Apply Strassen’s method to multiply the following two matrices: 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5 2 7 1 and 1 0 3 4

2 7 0 5 6 2 7 0

4 3 2 1 8 1 6 5

7 a) what is divide and conquer? Explain with an example 5

b) Discuss the different ways to select the pivot element in an array

for Quick sort. 4

c) Find the topological ordering of the following graph 6

8 a) what is dynamic programming? Explain with an example. 4

b) Write the Warshall’s algorithm to find the transitive closure of 5

a graph.

c) Find all pairs shortest path for the following graph using Floyd’s 6

algorithm.

1

2

4

3

5

6

7

4

1

3

2

5

9 a) Write the greedy solution to illustrate Kruskal’s algorithm 5

b) What are Huffman codes and trees? Discuss the advantages of 6

Huffman code.

c) Write Prim’s algorithm to find the minimum cost spanning tree 4

10 a) Draw the solution space tree for a 4-Queen problem. 5

b) Explain Branch and Bound Method with an example 5

c) Find the solution for the following 0/1 knapsack instance using 5

backtracking Method.

n = 4, p = [4, 2, 1, 8] w = [3, 1, 7, 9] M=10



Third Semester

Subject: COMPUTER NETWORKS

Contact Hrs/Week: 4 Contact Hrs/Sem: 64

Table of Contents

Chapter

No. Contents No. Of Hours Marks

Section-I

1 Introduction 2 5

2 Network Models 3 8

3 Data and Signals 2 5

4 Bandwidth Utilization 2 5

5 Transmission Media 3 8

6 Switching 4 10

Section - II

7 Error Detection and Correction 5 14

8 Data Link Control 2 5

9 Multiple Access 5 14

10 Wired LANs:Ethernet 4 10

11 Connecting LANs,Backbone Networks

and Virtual LANs 4 10

Section - III

12 Network Layer: Logical addressing 4 10

13 Network Layer : Internet Protocol 4 10

14 Network Layer :Delivery, forwarding

and routing 2 6

15 Process to process Delivery : UDP, TCP 4 10

16 Congestion Control 2 5

17 Domain Name System 2 5

18 Remote Logging, Electronic Mail and

File Transfer 2 5

Seminars and guest lectures from

industry / institution 5

Tests 3

Total 64 145

Detailed contents

1 Introduction

1.1 Data communication

1.1.1 Components

1.1.2 Data representation

1.1.3 Data flow

1.2 Networks

1.2.1 Distributed Processing

1.2.2 Network Criteria

1.2.3 Physical Structures

1.2.4 Network Models

1.2.5 Categories of Networks

1.2.6 Interconnections of Networks : Internetwork

1.3 The Internet

1.3.1 A Brief History

1.3.2 The Internet Today

1.4 Protocols and Standards

1.4.1 Protocols

1.4.2 Standards

1.4.3 Standards Organizations

1.4.4 Internet Standards

2 Network Models

2.1 Layered Tasks

2.1.1 Sender, Receiver and Carrier

2.1.2 Hierarchy

2.2 The OSI Model

2.2.1 Layered Architecture

2.2.2 Peer to Peer Processes

2.2.3 Encapsulation

2.3 Layers in the OSI Model

2.3.1 Physical Layer

2.3.2 Data Link Layer

2.3.3 Network Layer

2.3.4 Transport Layer

2.3.5 Session Layer

2.3.6 Presentation Layer

2.3.7 Application Layer

2.4 TCP/IP Protocol suite

2.4.1 Physical and Data Link Layers

2.4.2 Network Layer

2.4.3 Transport Layer

2.4.4 Application Layer

2.5 Addressing

2.5.1 Physical Addresses

2.5.2 Logical Addresses

2.5.3 Port Addresses

2.5.4 Specific Addresses

3 Data and Signals

3.1 Analog and Digital

3.1.1 Analog and Digital Data

3.1.2 Analog and Digital Signals

3.1.3 Periodic and Non-Periodic Signals

3.2 Periodic Analog Signals

3.2.1 Sine Wave

3.2.2 Phase

3.2.3 Wavelength

3.2.4 Time and Frequency Domain

3.2.5 Composite Signals

3.2.6 Bandwidth

3.3 Digital Signals

3.3.1 Bit-rate

3.3.2 Bit-length

3.3.3 Digital Signal as a Composite Analog Signal

3.3.4 Transmission of Digital Signals

3.4 Performance

3.4.1 Bandwidth

3.4.2 Throughput

3.4.3 Latency

3.4.4 Bandwidth Delay Product

3.4.5 Jitter

4 Bandwidth Utilization

4.1 Multiplexing

4.1.1 Frequency Division Multiplexing

4.1.2 Wavelength Division Multiplexing

5 Transmission Media

5.1 Guided Media

5.1.1 Twisted Pair Cable

5.1.2 Co-axial Cable

5.1.3 Fibre-Optic Cable

5.2 Unguided Media : Wireless

5.2.1 Radio Waves

5.2.2 Micro Waves

5.2.3 Infrared

6 Switching

6.1 Circuit Switched Networks

6.1.1 Three Phases

6.1.2 Efficiency

6.1.3 Delay

6.2 Datagram Networks

6.2.1 Routing Table

6.2.2 Efficiency

6.2.3 Delay

6.3 Virtual Circuit Networks

6.3.1 Addressing

6.3.2 Three Phases

6.3.3 Efficiency

6.3.4 Delay

7 Error Detection and Error Correction

7.1 Introduction

7.1.1 Types of Errors

7.1.2 Redundancy

7.1.3 Detection versus Correction

7.1.4 Forward Error Correction versus Retransmission

7.1.5 Coding

7.1.6 Modular Arithmetic

7.2 Block Coding

7.2.1 Error Detection

7.2.2 Error Correction

7.2.3 Hamming Distance

7.2.4 Minimum Hamming Distance

7.3 Cyclic Codes

7.3.1 Cyclic Redundancy Check

7.3.2 Polynomials

7.3.3 Advantages of Cyclic Codes

7.4 Checksum

7.4.1 Idea

7.4.2 One’s Complement

7.4.3 Internet Checksum

8 Data Link Control

8.1 Framing

8.1.1 Fixed Size Framing

8.1.2 Variable Size Framing

8.2 Flow and Error Control

8.2.1 Flow Control

8.2.2 Error Control

8.3 Protocols

9 Multiple Access

9.1 Random Access

9.1.1 Aloha

9.1.2 CSMA

9.1.3 CSMA/CD

9.1.4 CSMA/CA

9.2 Controlled Access

9.2.1 Preservation

9.2.2 Polling

9.2.3 Token Passing

10 Wired LANS : Ethernet

10.1 IEEE Standards

10.1.1 Data Link Layer


10.2 Standard Ethernet

10.2.1 MAC Sublayer


10.3 Fast Ethernet

10.3.1 MAC Sublayer


10.4 Gigabit Ethernet

10.4.1 MAC Sublayer


10.4.3 Ten-Gigabit Ethernet

11 Connecting LANs, Backbone networks and Virtual

LANs

11.1 Connecting Devices

11.1.1 Passive Hubs

11.1.2 Repeaters

11.1.3 Active Hubs

11.1.4 Bridges

11.1.5 Two-Layer Switches

11.1.6 Routers

11.1.7 Three-Layer Switches

11.1.8 Gateways

11.2 Backbone Networks

11.2.1 Bus Backbone

11.2.1 Star Backbone

11.2.2 Connecting Remote LANs

11.3 Virtual LANs

11.3.1 Membership

11.3.2 Configuration

11.3.3 Communication between Switches

11.3.4 IEEE Standards

11.3.5 Advantages

12 Network Layer : Logical Addressing

12.1 IPv4 Addresses

12.1.1 Address Space

12.1.2 Notations

12.1.3 Class Full Addressing

12.1.4 Class less Addressing

12.1.5 Network Address Translation

12.2 IPv6 Addresses

12.2.1 Structure

12.2.2 Address Space

13 Network Layer : Internet Protocol

13.1 Internetworking

13.1.1 Need for Network Layer

13.1.2 Internet as a Datagram Network

13.1.3 Internet as a Connectionless Network

13.2 IPv4

13.2.1 Datagram

13.2.2 Fragmentation

13.2.3 Checksum

13.2.4 Options

13.3 IPv6

13.3.1 Advantages

13.3.2 Packet Format

14 Network Layer : Delivery, Forwarding and Routing

14.1 Delivery

14.1.1 Direct versus In-Direct Delivery

14.2 Forwarding

14.2.1 Forwarding Technique

14.2.2 Forwarding Process

14.2.3 Routing Table

15 Process to Process Delivery : UDP, TCP

15.1 Process to Process Delivery

15.1.1 Client/Server Paradigm

15.1.2 Multiplexing and De-Multiplexing

15.1.3 Connectionless Versus Connection Oriented Service

15.1.4 Reliable Versus Un-Reliable

15.1.5 Three Protocols

15.2 User Datagram Protocol (UDP)

15.2.1 Well Known Ports for UDP

15.2.2 User Datagram

15.2.3 Checksum

15.2.4 UDP Operation

15.2.5 Use of UDP

15.3 TCP

15.3.1 TCP Services

15.3.2 TCP Features

15.3.3 Segment

15.3.4 TCP Connection

15.3.5 Flow Control

15.3.6 Error Control

15.3.7 Congestion Control

16 Congestion Control

16.1 Data Traffic

16.1.1 Traffic Descriptor

16.1.2 Traffic Profiles

16.2 Congestion

16.2.1 Network Performance

16.3 Congestion Control

16.3.1 Open-Loop Congestion Control

16.3.2 Closed-Loop Congestion Control

17 Domain Name System

17.1 Name Space

17.1.1 Flat Name Space

17.1.2 Hierarchical Name Space

17.2 Domain Name Space

17.2.1 Label

17.2.2 Domain Name

17.2.3 Domain

17.3 Distribution of Name Space

17.3.1 Hierarchy of Name Servers

17.3.2 Zone

17.3.3 Route Server

17.3.4 Primary and Secondary Servers

17.4 DNS in the Internet

17.4.1 Generic Domains

17.4.2 Country Domains

17.4.3 Inverse Domain

18 Remote Logging, Electronic Mail and File Transfer

18.1 Remote Logging

18.1.1 Telnet

18.2 Electronic Mail

18.2.1 Architecture

18.2.2 User Agent

18.2.3 SMTP

18.2.4 POP and IMAP

18.2.5 Web-based Mail

18.3 File Transfer

18.3.1 FTP

18.3.2 Anonymous FTP

General Objectives:

1 Know the concepts of Data Communication, networking, protocols, standards and

networking models

2 Understand the concepts of data and signals

3 Learn the concepts of Bandwidth Utilization

4 Know the various transmission Medias

5 Understand the concepts of switching

6 Understand various Error detection and correction methods

7 Know about data flow and error control

8 Know about data link control

9 Understand multiple access

10 Learn the concepts of wired LANs and Ethernet

11 Compare various connecting devices

12 Know the concepts of network layer, logical addressing, IP, Forwarding and

routing

13 Understand Transport layer UDP, TCP and congestion control

14 Know about domain name system, remote logging, E-mail and file transfer


Learn Data communication

Classify Components

Appraise Data representation

Know about Data flow

Know about Networks

Appraise Distributed Processing

Know about Network Criteria

Physical Structures

Compare Network Models

Discuss Categories of Networks

Know about Interconnections of Networks : Internetwork

Know about Internet

Understand Protocols and Standards

Know about Layered Tasks, Sender, Receiver and Carrier

Learn about The OSI Model, Layered Architecture, Peer to Peer Processes

Discuss Layers in the OSI Model

Discuss TCP/IP Protocol suite and its layers

Discuss Addressing

Learn about Analog and Digital signals

Discuss Periodic Analog Signals, Digital Signals ,Performance

Classify Multiplexing

Learn about various Transmission Medias

Discuss Circuit Switched Networks, datagram n/ws and virtual circuit

Classify Types of Errors

Learn about Redundancy

Compare Detection and Correction

Compare Forward Error Correction and Retransmission

Know about Block Coding, Error detection , correction and hamming distance

Learn about Cyclic Codes , CRC, Polynomials, checksum , 1’s complement

Discuss Framing , Flow and Error Control

Discuss Random Access ,Aloha ,CSMA,CSMA/CD, CSMA/CA, Controlled

Access, Preservation ,Polling , Token Passing

Learn about IEEE Standards ,Data Link Layer ,Physical Layer ,

Standard Ethernet ,MAC Sub layer ,Physical Layer, Fast Ethernet ,MAC

Sub layer ,Physical Layer ,Gigabit Ethernet MAC Sub layer ,Physical

Layer ,Ten-Gigabit Ethernet

Discuss Connecting Devices like ,Hubs ,Repeaters , Active Hubs ,

Bridges ,Two-Layer Switches ,Routers , Three-Layer switches ,

Gateways ,Backbone Networks , Connecting Remote LANs ,Virtual

LANs ,Configuration Communication between Switches ,IEEE Standards

and Advantages

Discuss about IPv4 Addresses , Address Space , Notations ,Class

Full Addressing ,Class less Addressing ,Network Address Translation ,

IPv6 Addresses ,Structure , Address Space

Learn about Internetworking ,Need for Network Layer , Internet as a

Datagram Network ,Internet as a Connectionless Network IPv4 ,

Datagram, Fragmentation, Checksum,Options,IPv6, Advantages and

Packet Format

Discuss Delivery ,Direct versus In-Direct Delivery ,Forwarding ,

Forwarding Technique ,Forwarding Process, Routing Table.

Discuss Process to Process Delivery ,Client/Server Paradigm ,Multiplexing

and De-Multiplexing, Connectionless Versus Connection Oriented

Service Reliable Versus Un-Reliable ,Three Protocols , UDP, Well

Known Ports for UDP, User Datagram ,Checksum UDP Operation ,

Use of UDP ,TCP ,TCP Services ,TCP Features ,Segment ,TCP

Connection ,Flow Control Error Control , Congestion Control Data

Traffic , Traffic Descriptor , Traffic Profiles , Congestion ,

Network Performance ,Congestion Control Open-Loop Congestion

Control, Closed-Loop Congestion Control .

Discuss Name Space , Flat Name Space ,Hierarchical Name Space

Domain Name Space,Label ,Domain Name , Domain Distribution of

Name Space ,Hierarchy of Name Servers Zone ,Route Server ,Primary

and Secondary Servers DNS in the Internet ,Generic Domains ,

Country Domains Inverse Domain.

Discuss Remote Logging, Telnet , Electronic Mail ,Architecture , User

Agent SMTP ,POP and IMAP , Web-based Mail ,File Transfer , FTP

Text Books: 1. Data Communications and Networking - Behrouz A Forouzan, Tata

McGraw-Hill, 4th

edition, ISBN: 9780070634145

2. 2. Computer Network -By Niranjan A, Sapna Publications

References:

1. Computer networks ---- Tannanbaum, PHI

2. Data and computer communication --- William Stallings

3. Computer Networks – C R Sarma, JAICO Publication

4. Computer Networks --- Olifer Wiley publications

5. Computer Networks --- Brijendra Singh



Third Semester

Subject: COMPUTER NETWORKS

Max. Marks: 100 Max. Time: 3 Hours

Model Question Paper

Note: 1. Section –I is compulsory.

2. Answer any TWO questions from each remaining Sections. Marks

Section – I

1. a) Fill in the blanks with appropriate word/s 5x1=5

i. The process of combining more than one type of data signal is called…..

ii. CSMA stands for …………

iii. IP address is of ………. Bits

iv. Error detection is the responsibility of …….layer

v. ……… is a connection oriented reliable protocol.

b) Write a note on network physical structures. 5

Section – II

2. a) Explain ISO OSI Reference model. 8

b) Distinguish between base band and broad band transmission. 5

c) Define multiplexing. 2

3. a) Explain frequency division multiplexing process. 5

b) Explain any two unguided media. 5

c) Explain the concept of optical fiber communiction. 5

4. a) Define switching. Explain circuit switched network. 10

b) Explain Forward error correction verses retransmission. 5

Section – III

5. a) What is meant by cyclic codes ? Illustrate CRC with an example. 10

b) Define framing. Explain the two classes of framing. 5

6. a) Explain CSMA and CSMA / CD. 10

b) Write a note on 802.3 MAC frame format. 5

7. a) What is the significance of Ten-Gigabit Ethernet ?. 5

b) What is the difference between a bus backbone and a star backbone? 5

c) Explain the role of VLANs. 5

Section – IV

8. a) What is meant by network address translation ? 3

b) Distinguish between IPv4 and IPv6 addressing. 5

c) Explain the role of network layer in an inter network. 7

9. a) Explain hierarchical routing with an example . 10

b) Write a note on socket addressing. 5

10. a) Explain the features of TCP. 5

b) Explain the concept of open loop congestion control. 5

c ) List the services provided by application layer and explain any one. 5



Third Semester

Subject: DATA STRUCTURES USING C


Table of Contents

Chapter No Topic No. of Hrs Marks

Section I

1 Pointers 08 18

2 Dynamic Memory allocation 04 6

3 Files 06 14

Section II

4 Introduction to data structures 02 4

5 The Stack 08 22

6 Queues 06 14

Section III

7 Linked lists 08 20

8 Trees 06 16

9 Sorting 06 15

10 Searching 02 6

Seminars and Guest lectures from

Industry and Institute 05

Tests 03

Total hrs 64 145

Detailed Contents

1 Pointers

1.1 Concept of pointers

1.2 Declaring and initializing pointers

1.3 Accessing variables using pointers

1.4 Pointer arithmetic

1.5 Pointers and arrays

1.6 Pointers and character strings

1.7 Pointers and functions

1.8 Pointer as a function argument

1.9 Pointers to function

1.10 pointers and structures

2 Dynamic Memory allocation

2.1 Introduction

2.2 Dynamic memory allocation

2.3 Allocating a block of memory : Malloc

2.4 Allocating multiple blocks of memory : Calloc

2.5 Releasing the used space : Free

2.6 Altering the size of memory : Realloc

3 Files

3.1 Introduction

3.2 Defining and opening a file

3.3 Closing a file

3.4 Input / Output operations on files

3.5 Error handling during I/O operations

3.6 Random Access to files

3.7 Command line arguments

4 Introduction to data structures

4.1 Introduction

4.2 Data and information

4.3 Types of data structures

4.4 Primitive & non – primitive data structures ND operations

5 The Stack

5.1 Definition and examples

5.2 Primitive Operations- Push and Pop

5.3 Representing Stacks in C

5.4 Implementing Push and Pop Operations in C

5.5 Applications of Stacks

5.6 Infix, Postfix and Prefix Expressions

5.7 Algorithm for evaluating an expression- Infix to prefix, Infix to Postfix

5.8 Recursion

5.9 Recursive definition

5.10 Multiplication of Natural numbers

5.11 Factorial Function

5.12 GCD function

5.13 Properties of Recursive algorithms/functions

5.14 Recursion in C

6 Queues

6.1 The queue and its sequential representation

6.2 C implementation of Queues and their operations

6.3 C implementation of Circular queues and their operations

6.4 Dequeue and priority queues(Concepts only)

7 Linked lists

7.1 Linked linear lists

7.2 Inserting and removing nodes from a list

7.3 Linked Implementation of Stacks and Queues

7.4 Array implementation of lists in C and its limitations

7.5 Linked list using dynamic variables in C

7.6 Comparing the Dynamic and Array Implementation of Lists

7.7 Circular linked lists (Concepts only, no implementations)

7.8 Doubly linked list

8 Trees

8.1 Introduction

8.2 Basic Terms

8.3 Binary trees

8.4 Complete binary tree

8.5 Binary tree representation

8.6 Operation on binary tree

8.7 Traversal of a binary tree

9 Sorting

9.1 Exchange sorts

9.2 --Bubble sort

9.3 --Quick sort (No implementation)

9.4 Selection and tree sorting

9.5 --Straight selection sort

9.6 --Binary tree sort

9.7 Insertion Sorts

9.8 --Simple Insertion sort

9.10 --Shell sort (No implementation)

9.11 Merge sort and Radix sort (No implementation)

10 Searching

10.1 Introduction

10.2 Searching

10.3 Linear (sequential) search (without creating linked list)

10.4 Binary search

General objectives:

1 Understand the concept of pointers and their operations

2 Understand the concept of dynamic memory allocation

3 Understand file handling in C

4

Know the concepts of linear data structures, their operations and

applications

5

Know the concepts of non linear data structures, their operations and

applications

6 Understand the various sorting and searching techniques

Specific Objectives:

Pointers

Bring out the concepts of pointers

Learn to declaring and initializing pointers

Learn to access variables using pointers

Explain the concepts of pointer arithmetic

Explain the use of Pointers in arrays, character strings, functions, structures

Files

Define File

Learn the I/O operations on files

Distinguish between sequential & random access files

Learn to handle errors in files and command line arguments

Introduction to data structures

Define Information ,data and data structures

Distinguish between the various types of data types: primitive and non primitive

Define stack with examples

Explain the Primitive Operations- Push and Pop performed on stack

Write programs to Implement Push and Pop Operations in C

Learn the applications of Stacks

Learn about Infix, Postfix and Prefix Expressions

Learn to convert expressions i.e. from Infix to postfix & prefix,

Learn to convert Postfix to infix & prefix ,Prefix to infix & postfix Expressions

Understand recursion: eg. Multiplication of natural numbers, Factorial and GCD

Learn queue with examples and their sequential representation

Learn C implementation of Queues and their operations

Learn C implementation of Circular queues and their operations

Learn the concepts of Dequeue and priority queues

Linked list

Learn the concepts of Linked linear lists, their advantages and disadvantages

Write programs for Inserting and removing nodes from a list

Write programs to implement of Stacks and Queues

Learn Array implementation of lists in C and its limitations

Implement Linked list using dynamic variables in C

Examples of list operations in C

Comparing the Dynamic and Array Implementation of Lists

Learn concepts of Circular & doubly linked lists

Trees

Define Binary trees and learn their concepts

Understand tree operations

Learn & implement binary tree traversal operations

Sorting

To understand different sorting Techniques with examples

To implement sorting techniques in C

Searching

To understand linear and binary search Techniques with examples

To learn and implement linear and binary search techniques in C

Text book:

1. For Chapter 1 to 3 -- Programming in ANSI C, E.Balagurusamy, 4E, Tata

McGraw Hill, ISBN: 9780070648227

2. Data Structures Using C -By Niranjan A, Sapna Publications

3. For Chapters 5, 6, 7, 9,10 -- DATA STRUCTURES USING C AND C++,

Langsam yedidyah, Augenstein moshe j., Aron M. Tenenbaum , Second

Edition, PHI

4. For Chapters 4 and 8 -- Introduction to Data Structures in C, Ashok N

Kamthane, Third impression 2009, Pearson Education, ISBN :

9788131713921

Reference Books:

1. C and data Structures, Dr.N.B. Venkateshwarulu and Dr.E.V Prasad,

S chand Publications

2. Data structures Using C, Aron M. Tenenbaum ,langsam yedidyah,

Augenstein moshe j. , PHI

3. C and Data Structures, Prof. P S Deshapande and Prof. O G Kakde



Third Semester

Subject: Data Structures using C




2. Answer any TWO questions from each remaining Sections.

Marks

Section – I


i. …… is a variable which holds the address of another variable.

ii. ……. is an example for non linear data structure

iii. The process of a function calling itself is called…………

iv. ……. is used to open a file.

v. The total number of nodes in a complete binary tree is given by …..

b) Write a note on Command line arguments. 5

Section – II

2. a) Define Pointer. Explain pointer arithmetic. 6

b) Differentiate between call by value and call by reference parameter

passing techniques with example. 9

3. a) Write a program to sort N numbers using malloc( ) . 6

b) Define File and explain different File modes. 6

c) How to handle errors in files? 3

4. a) Distinguish between linear and non linear data structure. 5

b) Write an algorithm to perform PUSH and POP operations in Stack. 10

Section – III

5. a) What is recursion ? Explain with an example. 7

b) Convert the following expressions to postfix 6

i. (A + B) * (C - D) $ E * F

ii. ((A – (B + C) * D) $ (E + F)

c) Define Queue. 2

6. a) Write a program to implement Circular Queues in C 10

b) Write a note on Priority queues. 5

7. a) Write an algorithm to insert a node into a linked list. 8

b) Compare the Dynamic and Array Implementation of Lists. 7

Section – IV

8. a) Explain Doubly linked list. 5

b) Write the tree traversal algorithms. 10

9. a) Construct the binary tree for the following data 5

15,4,8,9,2,13,1,6,10,11,14

b) Write a program to implement simple insertion sort and trace

with an example. 10

10. a) Explain tree sorting with an example. 8

b) Write a program to perform binary search using recursion. 7



Third Semester

Subject: ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF ALGORITHM LAB


Graded Exercises

Note: 1. Implement the entire program using C only

2. Different Set of inputs can also be given for the execution of programs.

1. Perform recursive linear search. Hence find the time and space required to search an

Element.

2. Sort a given set of elements using Selection sort. Hence find the time and space

complexities required to search an element.

3. Create an adjacency matrix for the given graph (use any graph in Fig (a), (b), (c) and (d))

4. Implement DFS to check whether the Roads are connected to different cities or not (use

Fig (a) and Fig (c)).

`````

5. Implement BFS to check whether the Roads are connected to different cities or not

(use Fig (a) and fig (c)).

6. Arrange ten students marks of ADA using Merge sort of Divide and conquer

Technique.

8km

Fig (a)

JAYANAGAR

4km

2km

13km

6km

K.R.PURAM

V.V.PURAM

JPNAGAR

BTM

7. Arrange age of n students by Implementing Quick sort using Divide and conquer

Technique.

8. Arrange n students name using Insertion sort.

9. For the following Graph in Fig (b) obtain the topological order in getting dressed by a

professor

Fig (b)

10. Compute the transitive closure (whether the path exists between each cities or not)

for the given directed graph in Fig (c) using Warshall’s algorithm.

Fig: (c)

11. Find out the shortest path from each area to all the remaining areas in Fig (c) using all

pairs shortest path algorithm of Floyd’s.

JAYANAGAR

4km

2km

13km

6km

JPNAGAR

V.V.PURAM

8km

BTM

BELT SHOE

PANT SOCKS

12. A ship can carry up to 50 ton of load. If we have the following items to load with the

respective profits, find out the maximum profit we can get using 0/1 knapsack problem

solving algorithm of dynamic programming.

Fig (d)

13. Find minimum cost spanning tree of a given undirected graph in Fig (e) using Prim’s

algorithm.

Fig (e)

14. Find minimum cost spanning tree of a given undirected graph in Fig (e) using Kruskal’s

algorithm.

15. Implement Queen’s problem.

50 ton

COTTON WOOL

SILK

FUR

Weight= 10 ton

Profit = 10$

20 ton

12$

20 ton

15$

30 ton

20$

SHIP

3

2

1

5

3

2

4

1

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Introduction to the design & Analysis of Algorithms by Anany Levitin

2. Fundamentals of computer Algorithms by Ellis Horowitz

Sartaj Sahani Sanguthevar Rajasekaran.

3. Analysis and Design of algorithms by A.M. Padma reddy

SCHEME OF VALUATION:

1 Record 10

2 Writing two programs one each from

part A & part B

15 X 2 = 30

3 Entering and Executing one program from part B 10 + 20 = 30

4 Result / Printout 10

5 Viva-voce 20

Total Marks 100



Third Semester

Subject: Data Structures lab


List of Programs

PART - A

1. To illustrate the use of pointers in arithmetic operations

2. To illustrate the different parameter passing mechanisms: Call by value

and Call by reference

3. To find the smallest element in an array of 10 elements using pointers

4. To count the number of characters in a given file.

5. To create a file that contains atleast 5 records which consists of Book No.,

Book Name, Author, Publisher, and price

6. Display the contents of the file created in program No. 5 in the following

format

Book No. Book Name Author Publisher Price

PART – B

7. To illustrate Stack operations using pointers to array

8. To implement queue using pointers to array

9. To implement circular queue: insert, delete and display

10. To implement singly list : create, delete and display

11. To implement doubly linked list : create, delete and display

12. To implement binary tree traversal operations.

13. To sort using bubble sort.

14. To sort an array using selection sort.

15. To sort an array using insertion sort.

16. To search a given number using binary search

Note: Execute programs in LINUX / Windows platform

References:

1. Programming in ANSI C, 4th/e, E.Balagurusamy, Tata Mcgraw Hill, ISBN:

9780070648227

2. Introduction to Data Structures in C, Ashok N Kamthane Third impression

2009, Pearson Education, ISBN : 9788131713921

Scheme of valuation

1 Record 05


part A & part B

20 X 2 = 40

3 Entering one program from part B 05

4 Execution with result 30

5 Viva-voce 20

Total Marks 100



Third Semester

Subject: GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE LAB


List of Programs

1 Program to input two different integers using the function input box to compare two

numbers

2 Develop a class average program that will process an arbitrary number of grades, each

time the program is run.

3 Program to find the minimum of three numbers using sub procedures

4 Program to demonstrate function procedure

5 Program to demonstrate ctrl array

6 Program to demonstrate dynamic array

7 Program to demonstrate param array

8 Program to demonstrate function array

9 Program to demonstrate string functions

10 Design an application to change the color, font size, type of the form using scroll bar

11 Program to demonstrate date and time functions

12 Program to demonstrate adding and subtracting dates with date add and date diff

13 Program to demonstrate function filter & split

14 Program to demonstrate timer ctrl

15 Program to demonstrate combo box ctrl

16 Design an application to validate the user name & password & display appropriate

msg using msg box ctrl

17 Program to demonstrate pop-up & pull down menu

18 Program to demonstrate nested on error statement

19 Program to demonstrate linear search

20 Design an application which performs the following operations on the database the

form using ADO a) add b) update c) delete

Soft wares to be used: kbasics or any other equivalent GUI Software

Note: Two theory hours and Four practical hours to be handled per week

References: www.kbasic.com


1 Record 05

2 Writing two programs 15+15=30

3 Entering two program 10

4 Execution of both

programs with results

20+20 = 40

5 Viva-Voce 15

Total 100

http://www.kbasic.com/

Third Semester

Subject: WEB DESIGN LAB


Part- A

Define the following :

Web site, Web Page, Types of Web Pages, Browsers & their types, Client –Server Model, Web

–Server, Working of different types of Web Pages, General structure of a Web Page, Scripting

languages, URL, Popular Search Engines, WWW

Illustrate Html tags & their attributes:

Head, title, body, comments, div, <h1>……<h6>, hr, br, span,

,,<pre>,,<marquee>,,, ,

<big>,,,,<s>,,All tags pertaining to lists, <a>:text as links and images as

links, all table related tags, all tags related to Frames, forms & all form elements, CSS, Adding

images using <img >tags & setting an image as background, embedding a multimedia on to a

web page(video, audio, zip)

MINI-Project (Max -2 students in a batch)

Design a static web site having a minimum of 6 web pages using all the html features studied.

Part-B

Client side scripting using JavaScript

Introduction to JavaScript, data types, operators, control structures, arrays & Strings and

procedures

1. Write a menu-driven script to perform all arithmetic operations.

2. Write a script to check whether the given number is prime or not.

3. Write a script to search for an element in an array of n elements.

4. Write a script to illustrate a subroutine.

5. Write a script to compute the GCD of 2 numbers using Function.

6. Write a script to find the second largest number in an array.

7. Write a script to check whether the given integer is Palindrome or not.

8. Write a script to illustrate different in-built String functions.

Scheme of valuation

1 Record 05


part A & part B

10 +10 = 20

3 Entering and Executing both programs

(Part A + Part B )

10 + 20 = 30

5 Demonstration of Mini project 20

6 Viva-Voce 25

Total Marks 100

Note : 1. Internet facility to be provided

2. Two theory hours and Four practical hours to be handled per week

References:

1. JavaScript Bible, Sixth Edition, Wiley-India Edition.

2. Internet & World-Wide Web How To Program, pearson edu,Deitel 4th

Ed.,

3. Web design Technology S.Chand & comp. Ltd. D.P.Nagapal.

4. HTML Black Book by Holzner. Wiley publications.

Govt. of Karnataka, Department of Technical Education Diploma in Information Science & Engineering

Fourth Semester

Subject: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Contact Hours / week: 4 Total hours: 64

Table of Contents

Sl. No. Topic No. of Hrs Marks

Section I

1 Databases and database users 04 10

2 Database System Concepts and

Architecture

04 10

3 Data Modeling Using the Entity-

Relationship(ER) Model

06 15

4 Relational Data Model and Relational

Database Constraints

04 10

Section II

5 The Relational Algebra 08 22

6 SQL: Schema Definition, constraints,

queries and views

12 30

Section III

7 Functional Dependencies and

normalization for relational databases

08 22

8 Introduction to transaction processing

concepts and theories

04 10

9 Concurrency Control Techniques 03 08

10 Database Recovery Techniques 03 08


Industry and Institute

05

Tests 03

Total hours 64 145

DETAILS OF CONTENTS

1. Databases and database users

1.1 Introduction

1.2 An Example

1.3 Characteristics of the database approach

1.4 Actors on the scene

1.5 Workers behind the scene

1.6 Advantages of using the DBMS Approach

1.7 A Brief History of Database Applications

1.8 When Not to use a DBMS

2. Database System Concepts and Architecture

2.1 Data Models, Schemas , and Instances

2.2 Three-Schema Architecture and Data Independence

2.3 Database Languages and Interfaces

2.4 The Database System Environment

2.5 Centralized and Client /Server Architectures for DBMSs.

2.6 Classification of database Management System.

3. Data Modeling Using the Entity-Relationship(ER) Model

3.1 Using High-Level Conceptual Data Models for Database Design

3.2 An example Database Application

3.3 Entity Types, Entity Sets, attributes and keys

3.4 Relation Types, Relationship Sets, roles and structural constraints

3.5 Weak Entity Types

3.6 Refining the ER Design for the Company Database

3.7 ER Diagrams, naming, conventions and design issues

3.8 Relationship Types of Degree Higher Than Two

4. Relational Data Model and Relational DataBase Constraints

4.1 Relational Model concepts

4.2 Relational Model Constraints and relational database schemas

4.3 Update Operation, Transaction and Dealing with constraints violations

5. The Relational Algebra

5.1 Unary Relational Operations: SELECT and PROJECT

5.2 Relational algebra operations from Set theory

5.3 Binary Relational Operations: JOIN and DIVISION

5.4 Additional Relational Operations

5.5 Examples of Queries in relational algebra

6. SQL: Schema Definition, constraints, queries and views

6.1 SQL Data Definition and data types

6.2 Specifying constraints in SQL

6.3 Schema Change statement in SQL

6.4 Basic queries in SQL

6.5 More Complex SQL queries

6.6 INSERT, DELETE and UPDATE statements in SQL

6.7 Specifying constraints and Assertions and Triggers

6.8 Views(Virtual Tables) in SQL

7. Functional Dependencies and normalization for relational databases

7.1 Informal Design guidelines for relation schemas

7.2 Functional dependencies

7.3 Normal forms based on primary keys

7.4 General definition of second and third normal forms

7.5 Boyce-codd Normal form

8. Introduction to transaction processing concepts and theories

8.1 Introduction to transaction processing

8.2 Transaction and system concepts

8.3 Desirable properties of transaction

8.4 Characterizing schedules based on recoverability

8.5 Characterizing schedules based on serializablity

8.5.1 Serial, non-serial and conflict serializable schedules

9. Concurrency Control Techniques

9.1 Two-Phase Locking Techniques for Concurrency Control

9.1.1 Types of locks and system log tables

9.1.2 Guaranteeing Serializability by Two-Phase locking

9.1.3 Dealing with Dead Lock and Starvation

10. Database Recovery Techniques

10.1 Recovery Concepts

10.1.1 Recovery outline and categorization of recovery algorithms

10.1.2 Caching (Buffering) of disk blocks

10.1.3 Write-ahead logging, steal/no-steal and force/ no-force

10.1.4 Checkpoints in the system log and fuzzy checkpointing

10.1.5 Transaction rollback

General Objectives:

1. Understand the database concepts, their benefits and advantages

2. Understand the Database architecture

3. Understand the concepts of E-R diagrams & E-R modeling

4. Understand relational algebra

5. Comprehend the different aspects of SQL

6. Understand the concepts of normalization

7. Understand the concepts of transaction processing

8. Understand the techniques of concurrency control

9. Comprehend the concepts & techniques of backup & recovery of database


1 Databases and database users

Define Database system

Learn the characteristics of database approach

Learn the duties of database administrators, database designers and end users

Learn the responsibilities of system analyst, application programmers and

implementers

Learn Benefits of using database approach

Learn when not to use a DBMS

2 Database System Concepts and Architecture

Define Data models, database schemas and database instances

Learn the categories of data models

Learn the three-schema architecture and data independence

Generalize Database languages and interfaces

Learn about Database system environment

Compare classification of DBMS

Data Modeling Using the Entity-Relationship(ER) Model

Learn Conceptual Data Models for Database Design

Define Entity Types, Entity Sets, attributes and keys

Define Relation Types, Relationship Sets, roles and structural constraints

Define Weak Entity Types

Design ER model for the Company Database

Know the notations of ER Diagrams, naming conventions and design issues

Relational Data Model and Relational Database Constraints

Learn the concepts of Relational Model

Explain Relational Model Constraints and relational database schemas

Explain Update Operations on relations

The Relational Algebra

Learn Unary Relational Operations: SELECT and PROJECT

Learn Relational algebra operations from Set theory

Learn Binary Relational Operations: JOIN and DIVISION

Learn Additional Relational Operations : Aggregate function

Compare different JOIN operations

Write queries in relational algebra

SQL: Schema Definition, constraints, queries and views

Learn about Data definition and data types in SQL

Learn to specify constraints in SQL

Learn SQL statements to change the database schema

Use Insert and Update statements in SQL

Learn to Formulate queries in SQL

Create Views in SQL

Learn to Specify indexes in SQL

Functional Dependencies and normalization for relational databases

Generalize the Design guide lines for relation schemas

Refine the database model using functional dependencies

Learn Normal forms based on primary keys

Learn second and third normal forms

Apply Boyce - Codd normal form to the database

Introduction to transaction processing concepts and theories

Analyse the basic concepts of transaction processing

Appraise the properties of transactions

Characterize schedules based on recoverability and serializability

Concurrency Control Techniques

Learn two-phase locking techniques

Database Recovery Techniques

Learn the concepts and the recovery techniques

Text book:

1. Fundamentals of Database Systems, 5th

edition, Ramez Elmasri, Shamkan B.

Navathe, Pearson Education, ISBN- 9788131716250

Reference:

1. Database Management Systems – By Nandagopalan, Sapna Publications

2. Fundamemtals of Database Management Systems, Mark L. Gillenson, 2009,

Wiley India

3. Database Management Systems – Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke

– 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2003

4. DBMS a practical approach , by E R Rajiv Chopra, S Chand publications.



Fourth Semester

Subject: Database Management Systems





Marks

Section – I


i) An ________schema describes the physical storage structure of the database.

ii) The basic object that the ER model represents is an __________.

iii) _________ is the notation for select operation in relation algebra.

iv) The _________ constraint states that no primary key value can be null.

v) The information stored in the catalog is called _________.

b) Mention the capabilities that should be provided by a DBMS 5

Section – II

2. a) What are the different types of end users? Explain the activities of each. 5

b) Explain the main categories of Data Models. 5

c) What are the different ways of classifying a DBMS 5

3. a) Define the following terms: 5

i. Entity ii. Attribute iii. Attribute value

iv. Composite attribute v. Entity set

b) Describe the naming convention used for ER diagram. 5

c) Design an ER diagram for the Company database. 5

4. a) Discuss the entity integrity and referential integrity constraints. 5

b) Discuss the various types of update operation on a relation. 5

c) Explain aggregate functions. 5

Section – III

5. a) Explain the following relational algebra operations with example : 9

i. Select ii. Project iii. Cartesian product

b) Explain the various types of inner join operations. 6

6. a) Explain CREATE TABLE command in SQL . 5

b) How to create Views in SQL? Explain with an example. 5

c) What is the difference between WHERE and HAVING clause? 5

7. a) Consider the following tables : 9

WORKS (Pname, Cname, Salary)

LIVES (Pname, Street, City)

LOCATED_IN (Cname,City)

MANAGER (Pname, Mgrname)

Write the SQL queries for the following:

i. List the names of the people who work for the company Wipro along

with cities they live in.

ii. Find the people who work for the company “Infosys” with salary

more than Rs 50000

iii. Find the names of the persons who live and work in the same city.

b) What is meant by COMMIT and ROLLBACK? Explain 6

Section – IV

8. a) Explain the different class of anomalies with respect to relational scheme. 6

b) Define Functional dependency. Explain its inference rules 4

c) Compare 1NF with 2NF. 5

9. a) What is the purpose of BOYCE_CODD normal form ? .Explain 7

how it is differs from 3NF? .

b) Explain the ACID properties of transaction. 4

c) List the different types of failures. What is meant by catastrophic failure? 4

10.a) What is lock? Describe the types of locks. 10

b) Explain Fuzzy check pointing. 5


DIPLOMA COURSE IN INFORMATION SCIENCE AND

ENGINEERING

Fourth Semester

Subject: Information Systems and Managerial Issues

Contact Hrs/Week: 4 Contact Hrs/Sem: 64

Topic Analysis

Contents No. of Hours

UNIT-1

1 .Fundamental Concepts of Information Systems 06

2.ElectronicBusinessSystems 06

3. Functional Business Systems

05

UNIT-2

4. Decision Support Systems 07

5. Enterprise and Global Management of IT:

06

6. Project Management

07

UNIT-3

7. Scheduling the project

05

8. Quality Management

05

9. Security and Ethical Challenges 09 10.INNOVATIONS & CASE STUDY 04 11.TESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS 04 TOTAL 64

GENERAL EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES:

1. To perceive basic Knowledge of Information System in Business & Conceptual

System Components.

2. Study the major types of Information System.

3. Gives an overview of competitive strategies.

4. Provides a basic idea regarding values added by cross-functional enterprise systems to

Significant Business.

5. Illustrates some aspects of customer relationship

6. Identify the changes, roles and reporting alternatives of management Information

System.

7. Understand several ethical issues and security issues.

8. Gives a brief idea of enterprise and global and global management of Information

System.

9. To learn about what is project? How to plan, schedule and control a project as a

unique Task.

10. Awareness of Quality Management and ISO Certifications.


1. Fundamental Concepts of Information Systems:

Information System in Business; Information technologies, Information

System frame work for Business Professionals, The Fundamental roles of Information

System in Business, Trends in Information System.

3hrs

Operating Support System, Management Support System, Other classification

of Information System, Managerial Challenges of Information Technology, Success and

Failure with Information Technology. 3 hrs

2. Electronic Business Systems

Enterprise Business Systems: Introduction, Cross-functional enterprise

applications, Enterprise application integration, Transaction processing systems,

Enterprise collaboration systems. 6hrs


Introduction, Marketing systems, Manufacturing systems, Human resource systems,

Accounting systems, financial management systems. 5

hrs

4. Decision Support Systems

Decision support in business: Introduction, Decision support trends, Decision support

systems (DSS), Management Information Systems, Executive information systems,

An overview of AI, Expert systems. 7

hrs

5. Enterprise and Global Management of IT: Managing IT: Business and IT,

Managing IT, Business / IT planning, Managing the IS function, Failures of IT

management.

4hrs

Managing global IT: The International Dimension, Global IT Management, Cultural,

Political and Geo - Economic challenges, Global Business/ IT strategies, Global

Business / IT applications, Global IT Platforms.

2hrs


Introduction of Project Management, Project Management Life cycle – Selecting

Project to meet organizational Goals The Project Portfolio Process An approach to

project formulation Case Studies 7

hrs

7. Scheduling the project

The language of PERT and CPM, Building the network. Finding the critical path and

critical time. Calculating activated slack. Project Uncertainity and risk management.

Calculating probabilistic Activity times. The probabilistic networks and its examples.

Stimulation. The Gantt chart. Extension of PERT/CPM. 5hrs


Introduction, Efficiency and effectiveness, Principles of quality management –

Objectives, goals, Ten principles of Quality Management, Quality Certification – ISO

Certifications.

5hrs

9. Security and Ethical Challenges

Security, Ethical and societal challenges of IT: Introduction, Ethical responsibility of

business professionals, Computer crime.

4hrs

Security management of IT: Introduction, Tools of security management, Internet

worked security defenses, other security measures.

5 Hrs

DETAILS OF THE CONTENT:

1. Fundamental Concepts of Information Systems:

1.1 Information System in Business

1.1.1 What is Information System?

1.1.2 Briefly List the Information Technologies.

1.1.3 Information System Frame work Used for Business Professionals.

1.1.4 What are the Fundamental roles of Information System in Business?

1.1.5 Explain the Trends in Information System (IS).

1.2 Types of Information System

1.2.1 Operating Support System

1.2.2 Management Support System

1.2.3 classification of Information System

1.3 Managerial Challenges of Information Technology.

1.4 Success and Failure with Information Technology.

2. Electronic Business Systems

2.1 Enterprise Business Systems

2.2.1 Introduction

2.2.2. Explain Cross-functional enterprise applications

2.2 Enterprise application Integration

2.3 Transaction processing systems

2.4 Enterprise collaboration systems

2.4.1. Explain Enterprise Collaboration.

2.4.2. Tools for Enterprise Collaboration.


3.1 Introduction to Functional Business Systems

3.2 Functional Components of Marketing Systems.

3.3 Manufacturing Systems.

3.3.1. Computer Integrated Manufacturing

3.5 Human Resource System (HRM)

3.5.1 HRM and the Internet

3.5.2. HRM and Corporate Intranets

3.6 Accounting Systems

3.6.1. Explain Accounting Systems.

3.6.2. Online accounting Systems

3.7 Explain Financial Management Systems with an Example.

4. Decision Support Systems

4.1 Decision Support in Business

4.1.1. Introduction

4.1.2. Information, Decisions and Management.

4.1.3. Information Quality

4.1.4. Decision Structure

4.2. Decision Support Trends

4.3 Decision Support Systems(DSS)

4.3.1. Explain DSS and its Components.

4.4. Management Information Systems (MIS)

4.4.1. Define MIS

4.4.2. Management Reporting Alternatives.

4.5. Artificial Intelligence (AI)

4.5.1. Define AI

4.5.2. Explain the domains of AI.

4.6. Expert Systems

4.6.1. Define Expert Systems.

4.6.2. Explain the components of Expert system

4.6.3. Applications of Expert system

4.6.4. Benifits of Expert Systems

4.6.5. Limitations of Expert Systems.

5. Enterprise and Global Management of IT

5.1 Managing Information Technology (IT).

5.1.1. Business and IT

5.1.2. Managing IT

5.1.3. Business or IT planning.

5.1.4. IT Architecture.

5.1.5 Failures in IT Management.

5.2 Managing Global IT

5.2.1. The International Dimension.

5.2.2. Global IT Management

5.2.3. Cultural, Political and Geo-economics Challenges

5.2.4. Global Business or IT Strategies.

5.2.5. Global Business or IT applications.

5.2.6. Global IT platforms.


6.1 Introduction to Project Management

6.1.1. Objectives of project management

6.2.2. The life cycles of the projects

6.2.3. Selecting Project to meet organizational Goals

6.2.4. The Project Portfolio Process

6.2.5. An approach to project formulation

6.2.6 Case Studies

7. Scheduling the Project

7.1 PERT and CPM

7.2 Project Uncertainty and Risk Management

7.3 Simulation

7.4 The Gantt chart

7.5 Extensions to PERT /CPM.


8.1. Introduction

8.1.1. Efficiency v/s Effectiveness

8.2. Principles of Quality Management. (QM)

8.2.1 Objectives of QM

8.2.2 Goals of QM

8.2.3. Ten Principles of QM

8.3. Quality Certification

8.3.1 ISO 9000 series Certification

8.3.2 ISO 9000: 2000 Certification

8.3.3 ISO 14000 series Certification

8.3.4. Quality System (QS) 9000 Certification

9. Security and Ethical Challenges

9.1. Security, Ethical and Social Challenges of IT.

9.1.1. Introduction

9.1.2. Business/ IT security, Ethics and Society.

9.1.3. Ethical responsibility of Business professionals

9.1.3.1 Business Ethics

9.1.3.2 Technology Ethics

9.1.3.3 Ethical Guidelines

9.1.4. Computer Crime

9.1.4.1. Define Computer Crime

9.1.4.2. Hacking

9.1.4.3. Cyber Theft

9.1.4.4. Unauthorized Use at Work

9.1.4.5. Software Piracy

9.1.4.6. Piracy of Intellectual property

9.1.4.7. Computer Viruses and Worms

9.2. Security Management of IT

9.2.1. Introduction

9.2.2. Tools of Security Management.

9.2.3. Internet Worked security defenses.

9.2.3.1. Encryption

9.2.3.2. Firewalls

9.2.3.3. Denial of service defenses.

9.2.3.4. E-mail monitoring.

9.2.3.5. Virus Defenses

9.3. Other Security Measures

9.3.1. Security Codes

9.3.2. Backup Files

9.3.3. Security Monitors.

9.3.4. Biometric Security

9.3.5. Computer Failure Controls

9.3.6 Failure tolerant systems

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Management Information Systems By, James A O’Brien and George M Marakas

(Chapters-1, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14)

2. Project Management by M.R. Gopalan, First Indian Edition, WILEY INDIA Pvt Ltd.

(Chapters-1 & 5)

3. Total Quality Management by L.Suganthi & Anand A.Samual (chapters-1, 2, 12)

REFERENCE BOOKS :

1.Introduction to Information Systems by Rainer, WILEY INDIA Pvt Ltd.

2. Project Management by, R.Panneerselvam and P.Senthilkumar.

3. Management Information System, Managing the digital firm by Kenneth C. Pearson

education, 9th

edition.

4. Management Information System by W.S. Jawadekar, Tata McGraw Hill.

5. Managing quality, Edited by Barrie G.Dale, WILEY BlackWell INDIA Pvt Ltd

6. Effective project Management by Robert K,Wysocki, WILEY INDIA Pvt Ltd

Weightage of Marks in Each Topic

Contents No. of Hours

Marks Allotted

UNIT-1 1 .Fundamental Concepts of Information Systems 06 15

2.ElectronicBusinessSystems 06 15

3. Functional Business Systems 05 12

UNIT-2 4. Decision Support Systems 07 17

5. Enterprise and Global Management of IT: 06 12 6. Project Management 07 18

UNIT-3 7. Scheduling of Project 05 12

8. Quality Management 05 12 9. Security and Ethical Challenges 09 22 10.INNOVATIONS &CASE STUDY 04 10 11.TESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS

04

TOTAL 64 145



Subject: Information Systems and Managerial Issues TIME :3 HRS MAX.MARKS :100

Note: 1) Section I is compulsory. 2) Answer any two main questions from each of the remaining Sections. SECTION: I 1. a Fill in the blanks with suitable words 5X1

(i) --------- provides information in the form of reports and display to

managers and Business Professionals.

ii) ----------- processing where data is processed immediately after

transaction occurs.

iii) ------------ System represents complex data using interactive

three dimensional graphical forms.

(iv) A ----------- product is one in which the primary value is in the

Physical entity.

(v) ----------- is the first phase of the project life cycle.

b. Explain the trends in information system management. 5

SECTION: II 2 a Define Information System. Explain the roles of information

System in Business. 07

b What are the Managerial challenges of IT. 04

c. Case study- Sales order processing.

04

3 a Write the cross functional enterprise applications. 08 08

b Explain the transaction processing system. 05

c Write a short note on enterprise collaboration system. 02

4 a Explain with a neat diagram the functional business system. 07

b With the neat diagram explain accounting information system

for transaction processing and financial reporting. 05

c Explain how the decision can be managed at different levels of

Management. 03

SECTION: III

5 a. Explain four basic types of analytical modeling activities of

Decision support system (DSS). 06

b Explain the domains of artificial intelligence. 05

c Give any 4 Comparisons for the global business / IT strategies

with respect to international, Global and transnational levels 04

Describe STDM? 06

6 a Explain the major dimensions of global E-Business

Technology

Management.. 08

b Define project management.

Explain the objectives of project management 07

7 a What is Project Formulation? List the of Project Formulation . 06

b Explain global management process. 04 c Explain Information Technology Architecture. 05 SECTION: IV 8 a Define Quality. List ten principles of Quality Management. 08

b Explain briefly the ISO 14000 standards. 04

c List the includes of QS 9000 document . 03

9 a List and explain ethical foundations in Business. 07 8

b What is computer crime? and explain briefly any two

Computer

Crimes. 05

c What are the goals of security management? 03

10 a List Internet worked security defenses. Explain any two

security

defenses. 06 8

b Write a note on Security codes and Security Monitors. 04

c Case study- Design of Students Information Management. 05



Fourth Semester

Subject: OOP with C++


Table of Contents

Chapter No Topic No. of Hrs Marks

Section I

1 Introduction to OOP 02 06

2 C++ Additional features 06 15

3 Classes and Objects 10 26

Section II

4 Operator Overloading 06 16

5 Inheritance 08 20

6 Virtual functions 06 16

Section III

7 Managing Console I/O Operations 08 20

8 Files 06 16

9 Templates 04 10


Industry and Institute

05

Tests 03

Total hrs 64 145

Detailed Contents

1 Introduction to OOP

1.1 Software evolution

1.2 A look at procedure oriented programming

1.3 Object oriented programming paradigm

1.4 Basic concepts of OOPs

1.5 Benefits of OOPs

1.6 Objects oriented languages

1.7 Application of OOPs

2 C++ Additional Features

2.1 What is C++?

2.2 The i/o stream class

2.3 Tokens

2.4 Comments

2.5 Basic data types, User defined data types, Derived data types

2.6 Symbolic constants

2.7 Type Compatibility

2.8 Declaration of variables

2.9 Dynamic initialization of variables

2.10 Reference variables

2.11

Operators in C++: Scope resolution operator, Member dereferencing

operators, Memory management operators

2.12 Manipulators (setw & endl)

2.13 Type cast operator

2.14 Function prototyping

2.15 Call by reference

2.16 Return by reference

2.17 Inline functions

2.18 Default arguments

2.16 Function overloading

3 Classes and Objects

3.1 C structures revisited

3.2 Specifying a class

3.2.1 A simple class example

3.2.2 Creating objects

3.2.3 Accessing class members

3.3 Defining member functions

3.3.1 Outside the class definition

3.3.2 Inside the class definition

3.4 A C++ program with class

3.5 Memory allocation for objects

3.6 Static data members

3.7 Static member functions

3.8 Arrays within a class

3.9 Arrays of objects

3.10 Constructors & Destructors

3.10.1 Default constructors

3.10.2 Parameterized constructor

3.10.3 Overloaded constructor

3.10.4 Constructor with default argument

3.10.5 Copy constructor

3.10.6 Destructor

3.11 Objects as function arguments

3.12 Returning objects from functions

3.13 Friend functions

3.14 Friend Class (only definition)

4 Operator Overloading

4.1 Defining operator overloading

4.2 Overloading unary operator

4.3 Overloading binary operator

4.4 Overloading binary operator using friends

4.5 Manipulation of strings using operators

4.6 Rules for overloading operator

4.7 Type conversions

4.7.1 Basic to class type

4.7.2 Class to basic type

4.7.3 One class to another class type

5 Inheritance

5.1 Introduction

5.2 Defining Derived classes

5.3 Single Inheritance

5.4 Making a private member inheritable

5.5 Multilevel inheritance

5.6 Multiple inheritance

5.6.1 Ambiguity resolution in inheritance

5.7 Hierarchical inheritance

5.8 Hybrid inheritance

5.9 Virtual base classes

5.10 Abstract classes

5.11 Constructors in Derived classes

5.12 Containership : nesting of classes

6 Virtual Functions

6.1 Pointers to objects

6.2 this pointer

6.3 Pointers to derived classes

6.4 Virtual function

6.5 Rules for virtual functions

6.6 Pure virtual function

7 Managing Console I/O Operations

7.1 C++ streams

7.2 C++ stream classes for console I/O operations

7.3 Unformatted I/O operations

7.4 Formatted console I/O operations

7.5 Managing output with Manipulators

7.6 Designing our own manipulator

8 Files

8.1 Classes for file stream operations

8.2 Opening and closing a file

8.3 Detecting end of file

8.4 File modes

8.5 File pointers and their manipulation

8.6 Sequential I/O operations

8.7 Updating a file : Random Access

8.8 Error handling functions

8.9 Command line arguments

9 Templates

9.1 Class templates

9.2 Function templates

9.3 Member function templates

9.4 Non Type Template argument

General Objectives:

1. Understand the concepts of OOPs, their advantages and applications

2. Comprehend the features of C++

3. Know to create classes, objects, constructors and destructors

4. Know the concepts and advantages of overloading operator and type conversions

5. Appreciate the concepts of inheritance and the various types of inheritance.

6. Understand virtual functions & their need and usage

7. Appreciate the need for manipulators and the design of the same

8. Use the various operations of files to perform file operations

9. Understand the concept of templates.


Introduction to OOP

Differentiate between procedure oriented and object oriented programming

Learn the concepts and benefits of OOPs

Appraise the applications of OOPs

C++ Additional features

Learn C++ keywords, constants, variable declarations and initialization

Learn the use of scope resolution operator & memory management operators

Learn to use IO Manipulators

Write functions to implement call by reference and return by reference

Learn the concepts of function overloading

Classes and Objects

Learn to create objects and access class members

Learn to define member function within and outside the class definition

Write C++ programs using classes

Know about static data members and static functions

Know various types of constructors & use of destructor

Learn to use objects as function arguments and to return objects from functions

Learn to use arrays and strings as class members

Write programs to implement array of objects

Learn about friend functions and friend classes

Operator Overloading

Define operator overloading

Learn to overload unary and binary operator

Write programs to overload unary and binary operators

Write programs to overload binary operator using friend functions

Know the rules to be followed while overloading operators

Know about various type conversions

Inheritance

Know the concepts of base class, derived class and derived class constructors

Write programs to overload member functions

Analyse the concept behind Single Inheritance (public & private)

Differentiate between multilevel and multiple inheritance

Differentiate between Hierarchical inheritance & hybrid inheritance

Write programs to implement all the types of inheritance

Learn about Virtual base classes and nesting of classes

Write programs to implement virtual classes & nesting of classes

Virtual functions

Write programs to implement Pointers to objects

Know the use of this pointer

Write programs to implement Pointers to derived classes

Know the concepts of Virtual function & pure virtual function. Implement them

Managing Console I/O Operations

Understand the concepts of console I/O operations

Learn formatted and unformatted console I/O operations

Know about Manipulators and implement own manipulators

Files

Know all the Classes for file stream operations

Know all the operations and modes of a file

Write programs to implement sequential I/O operations

Learn to update a file in random access with error handling function.

Templates

Know about templates and their uses

Implement function templates, member function templates

Text Book:

1. OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH C++,

4E, E BALAGURUSAMY, Tata Mc Graw hill

2. OOPS with C++ By Niranjan A, Sapna Publications

References:

1. Object oriented programming in c++, Dr.G.T. Thampi, Dr. S.s.Matha,

Dreamtech, 2009 edition,

2. Object oriented programming in c++, Rajesh K Shukla , Wiely Precise text

Book.2008.

3. Object Oriented Programming in Turbo C++ , Robert Lafore.

4. Object Oriented Programming with C++ , Sourav Sahay, Oxford Higher

Education

5. C++ Complete Reference, Herbert Schilt. TMH.

6. Programming in C++ , M T Somashekar , PHI

7. Professional C++ , Wiley India (Wrox )



Fourth Semester

Subject: OOP with C++





Marks

Section – I


i. …… is an alias name given to a variable.

ii. ……. is a special member function that initializes the data members of a class.

iii. The process of deriving one class from more than one base class is called-----

iv. A ……. Function can accept a value of any type.

v. The ------ class provides the functionality for performing read operation from a file.

b) Compare POP V/S OOP. 5

Section – II

2. a) Explain the const qualifier . 5

b) Write a c++ program to illustrate an inline function. 5

c) Explain function Overloading with an example 5

3. a) Define a class. 2

b) Write a program to illustrate constructor overloading. 8

c) Explain the concept of constructor with default arguments. 5

4. a) What is a friend function? Explain with an example. 5

b) How are static data members declared and defined? Explain. 6

c) What is the significance of operator overloading? 4

Section – III

5. a) Write a c++ program to add two complex objects by overloading the ‘+ ‘operator. 10

b) What is type conversion? 2

c) What is inheritance? List out the types of Inheritance. 3

6. a) What is Multiple Inheritance? Write a c++ program to illustrate

Multiple Inheritance 10

b) Explain the concept of Nesting of Classes. 5

7. a) Explain the use of this pointer. 5

b) . Create a base class called 'SHAPE' having 10

- two data members of type double

- member function get-data( ) to initialize base class data members

- Pure virtual member function display-area ( ) to compute and display the

area of the geometrical object.

Derive two specific classes 'TRIANGLE' and 'RECTANGLE' from

the base class. Using these three classes design a program that will accept

dimension of a triangle / rectangle interactively and display the area.

Section – IV

8. a) With examples explain unformatted I /O operations. 5

b) Explain the built in monitors in C++ with examples. 10

9. a) Write a program to illustrate the user defined manipulators with arguments. 5

b) What are the built in classes for a file? Explain. 6

c) What are the different modes to open a file? 4

10. a) Write a note on command line arguments. 5

b) What is a template? 2

c) Write a program to illustrate class template with multiple parameters. 8



Fourth Semester

Subject: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING


Table of Contents

Chapter

No

Topics Hours Marks

1 The Software Problem 02 05

2 Software Process 10 26

3 Software Requirements Analysis and

Specifications

08 20

4 Software Architecture 06 16

5 Planning a Software Project 06 16

6 Design 10 26

7 Coding 06 16

8 Testing 08 20

Seminars and Guest Lectures from industry

and institutes

05

Test 03

Total 64 145

Detailed Contents

1 The Software Problem

1.1 Cost, Schedule and quality

1.2 Scale and Change

2 Software Processes

2.1 Process and Project

2.2 Component Software Processes

2.3 Software development Process Models

2.3.1 Waterfall

2.3.2 Prototyping

2.3.3 Iterative development

2.3.4 Rational Unified Process

2.3.5 Time boxing Model

2.3.6 Extreme programming and Agile processes

2.3.7 Using process model in a project

2.4 Project Management Process

3 Software Requirements Analysis and Specifications

3.1 Value of good SRS

3.2 Requirement process

3.3 Requirement Specification

3.3.1 Desirable Characteristics of an SRS

3.3.2 Components of an SRS

3.3.3 Structure of a Requirements Documents

3.4 Functional Specification with use cases

Basics

Examples

Extensions

Developing use cases

3.5 Other Approaches for Analysis

Data Flow Diagram

Entity Relationship Diagrams

3.6 Validation

4 Software Architecture

4.1 Role of Software Architecture

4.2 Architecture Views

4.3 Component and Connector view

4.3.1 Components

4.3.2 Connectors

4.3.3 Example

4.4 Architecture styles for C&C View

4.4.1 Pipe and Filter

4.4.2 Shared data Style

4.4.3 Client Server style

4.4.4 Some other styles

4.5 Documenting Architecture Design

4.6 Evaluating Architectures

5 Planning a Software Project

5.1 Effort Estimation

5.1.1. Top-Down Estimation Approach

5.1.2 Bottom-Up Estimation Approach

5.2 Project Schedule and Staffing

5.3 Quality Planning

5.4 Risk Management Planning

5.4.1 Risk Management Concepts

5.4.2 Risk Assessment

5.4.3 Risk Control

5.4.4 A Practical Risk Management Approach

5.5 Project Monitoring Plan

5.5.1 Measurements

5.5.2 Project Monitoring and tracking

5.6 Detailed Scheduling

6 Design

6.1 Design Concepts

6.1.1 Coupling

6.1.2 Cohesion

6.1.3 The Open-Closed Principle

6.2 Function Oriented Design

6.2.1 Structure Charts

6.2.2 Structured Design Methodology

6.2.3 Example

6.3 Object Oriented Design

6.3.1 OO Concepts

6.3.2 Unified Modeling language (UML )

6.3.3 A Design Methodology

6.3.4 Examples

6.4 Detailed Design

6.4.1 Logic/Algorithm Design

6.4.2 State Modeling of Classes

6.5 Verification

7 Coding

7.1 Programming Principles and Guidelines

7.1.1 Structured Programming

7.1.2 Information Hiding

7.1.3 Some Programming Practices

7.1.4 Coding Standards

7.2 Incrementally Developing Code

7.2.1 An incremental coding process

7.2.2 Test Driven development

7.2.3 Pair Programming

7.3 Managing Evolving Code

7.3.1 Source Code Control and Build

7.3.2 Refactoring

7.4 Unit Testing

7.4.1 Testing procedural units

7.4.2 Unit testing of Classes

7.5 Code Inspection

7.5.1 Planning

7.5.2 Self review

7.5.3 Group review meeting

8 Testing

8.1 Testing Concept

8.1.1 Error, Fault and Failure

8.1.2 Test Case, Test Suite and Test Harness

8.1.3 Psychology of Testing

8.1.4 Levels of Testing

8.2 Testing Process

8.2.1 Test Plan

8.2.2 Test Case Design

8.2.3 Test Case Execution

8.3 Black Box Testing

8.3.1 Equivalence Class Partitioning

8.3.2 Boundary value Analysis

8.3.3 Pair Wise Testing

8.3.4 Special Cases

8.3.5 State based testing

8.4 White Box testing

8.4.1 Control Flow Based Criteria

8.4.2 Test Case Generation and Tool Support

General Objectives :

1 Know how costs, schedule and quality drive a software project

2 Learn the role of software process and a process model in a project

3 Understand the role of SRS in a project and how requirements are validated

4 Understand the software architectural views

5 Learn planning and estimation of a software project

6 Know the key design concepts of software engineering

7 Learn the structured code inspection process

8 Learn how testing is planned and testing done


1 The Software Problem

Differentiate between a student software and an industrial-strength software

Learn the software quality attributes

Learn the additional software quality attributes : Scale and Change

2 Software Processes

Define Process, Project, Process Model

Learn the components of software processes

Explain different Software Development Process Models

Illustrate temporal relationship between development and management process

3 Software Requirement Analysis and Specification

Learn the value of Good SRS

Explain the tasks involved in the requirement process

Appraise the characteristics of a SRS

Explain the components of SRS

Describe the general structure of SRS

Learn the functional specification with use cases with examples

Learn the levels of abstraction used for developing Use cases

Explain DFD , ERD

Learn how a SRS should be validated

4 Software Architecture

Appraise the role of software architecture

Discuss architectural views

Explain component and connector view

Learn various Architecture Styles for C&C view

Learn Documenting Architecture Design and Evaluation

5 Planning a Software Project

Learn how to estimate effort and schedule for the project to establish project goals and

mile stones and team size

How to establish quality goals for the project and prepare a quality plan

Identify high-priority risk that can threaten the success of the project and plan for their

mitigation

How to plan for monitoring a project using measurements to check if a project is

progressing as per plan

How to develop a detailed task schedule for the overall estimates and planning task

6 Design

Identify the key design concepts

Learn the structure chart notation for expressing the structure of a function oriented

system

Learn key concepts related to OO and UML that can be used to express an OOD

Learn the guidelines for making a detailed design

Learn to verify a design

7 Coding

Know the programming principles and guidelines

Appraise coding standards

Learn the effective processes that developers use for incremental developing code

Explain how to manage evolving code by using proper source code control and

refactoring

Explain unit Testing

Learn the process of code inspection

8 Testing

Learn the concepts and definition relating to testing

Appraise how testing is planned and how unit test is done

Learn to test case selection using black box and white box testing approaches

Textbook:

1. Software Engineering –A Precise Approach, Pankaj Jalote, edition 2010, Wiley India,

ISBN: 9788126523115.

References:

1. Software Engineering A Practitioners Approach, Roger S Pressman, 2010,

Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd, ISBN 9780070701137

2. Software Engineering, Sajan Mathew, 2009 Reprint, S Chand publications



Fourth Semester

Subject: Software Engineering





Section - I

1 a. Fill in the blanks 5x1=5

i. Once the software is delivered and deployed it enters _____________ phase

ii. ___________ is a critical activity in software development

iii. ___________ are commonly used during problem analysis

iv. A _________ connects a client to a server.

v. A testing frame work is also called as ______________

b. Write a short note on white box testing 5

Section – II

2. a) Define Software quality attributes 5

b) Explain with a neat diagram the components of software processes 10

3 a) Explain any one software development process mode? 10

b) Which is more important – the process or the product? Why? 5

4 a) Explain the desirable Characteristics of SRS 10

b) Write a short note on DFD 5

Section-III

5 a) What is requirement analysis? Explain briefly 10

b) What is software architecture 5

6 a) What are the steps taken for avoiding, monitoring and managing risk 10

b) Write a short note on software project planning 5

7. a) What is the relevance of design concept cohesion 5

b) Explain coupling, functional dependences 10

Section -IV

8. a) Explain the design concepts in software engineering 10

b) Differentiate between flowchart and structure chart 5

9. a) Write a note on information hiding 5

b) Explain test driven development 10

10. a) Explain test case execution 10

b) Define boundary value analysis 5



Fourth Semester

Subject : DBMS lab

Contact Hrs / week : 6 Total hrs: 96

Note: Draw E-R diagrams & Relational schema.

1. Create the following tables for a COMPANY database

EMPLOYEE

Fname Minit Lname Ssn Bdate Address Sex Salary Super_ssn Dno

DEPARTMENT

Dname Dnumber Mgr_ssn Mgr_start_date

DEPT_LOCATIONS

Dnumber Dlocation

PROJECT

Pname Pnumber Plocation Dnum

WORKS_ON

Essn Pno Hours

DEPENDENT

Essn Dependent_name Sex Bdate Relationship

For table structure refer page no: 247 and for sample values refer page no. 159 of the

reference text 1.

2 Illustrate the use of constraints

NOT NULL

PRIMARY KEY

UNIQUE

CHECK

DEFAULT

REFERENCES

3 DATA MANIPULATION : INSERTING VALUES INTO A TABLE

4 Illustrate the use of SELECT statement

5 Conditional retrieval - WHERE clause

6 Query sorted - ORDER BY clause

7 Grouping the result of query - GROUP BY clause and HAVING clause

8 Aggregate functions in SQL (Count, Sum, Max, Min, Avg)

9 SQL operators

10 Query multiple tables using JOIN operation

11 Write nested and complex queries using multiple tables

12 Use different single row and multi row (group) functions

13 Perform UPDATE, ALTER, DELETE, DROP operations on tables

14 Illustrate the use of CREATE VIEW command and manipulating

15 Database Security And Privileges : Use GRANT and REVOKE commands

16 Use COMMIT and ROLL BACK commands

17 Use SAVEPOINT commands

18 Using any front end tool develop an application involving minimum 3-4 tables. (Not

for exam)

Scheme of examination

1 Record 05

2 Create tables (min 2 tables ) 10

3 Inserting records 05

4 Writing 5 queries on minimum two tables 30

5 Execution with results for 5 queries 30

6 Viva – Voce 20

Total marks 100

References:


edition, Ramez Elmasri, Shamkan

B. Navathe, Pearson EducationSql Pl/Sql The Programming Language Of

Oracle W/CD, Ivan Bayross, Bpb Publications, 2009.

2. http://www.sql-tutorial.net/

3. Mysql 5 For Professinals W/Cd, Ivan Bayross / Sharanam Shah, Shroff

Publishers & Distributors

4. Database Management System Oracle SQl and PL/SQL, Pranab Kumar das

Gupta, PHI, 2009 Print

Softwares:

Database : SQl/MySQL/Oracle

Front end tool for database querying: Sqldeveloper or any other query tool

www.oracle.com

www.mysql.com

http://www.sql-tutorial.net/

http://www.oracle.com/

http://www.mysql.com/



Fourth Semester

Subject: Linux Lab


DETAILS OF CONTENTS

PART-A

1. Introduction to Linux Administration

2. Understand Linux system organization

Introduction to users groups & super user logging in & logging out

Internal & external commands in Linux

Internal commands in Linux echo, type, etc.

External commands in Linux, ls, mv, rm, cat, useradd etc

Command line commands – who, log name, banner, cal, date, bc, man, info etc.

Related exercises.

3. Working with files & directories.

Know the categories of files.

Files & directory commands – cat, less, more, ls, comm, diff, tar

Pipes & redirection- use of !, &, > ,touch, absolute & relative paths.

Directory related commands – pwd, cd, mkdir, rmdir

Manipulating file commands - cp, mv, rm

Related exercises.

4. File permissions & file utilities.

File link commands chmod, umask, file, type, wc, split, cmp, diff.

5. Learn to use vi editor

6. Simple Filters – head, tail, cut, paste, sort, uniq, tr, pr.

7. Expressions & search patterns .(dot operator), *, ^, +, ?, grep, egrep, fgrep

8. Process Management commands.

Process creation, status, Identifying process, ps -f & its options,

Running process in background, Job control, Process termination.

Changing process priority, Scheduling process(Usage of sleep and wait commands)

9. Communication utilities

Rlogin, telnet, ping, finger, write, msg, talk, and mail.

10. Linux file system storage & file structure.

11. Linux system administration

Managing file system, Disk management utilities, mounts,

umount, df, du, fdisk, su, useradd etc.

12. I / O redirection

I/P & o/p redirection, running multiple commands, redirecting error o/p.

Null redirection, Understanding and usage of file descriptors, Formatting o/p.

13. Linux Environment

Introduction, Environment variables, Command prompt system variables,

Profiles, files, terminal variable stty command and its options,

Command history, editing Environment variable.

14. Introduction to shell programming.

Introduction, Uses of shell script, Shell special characters, comments,

command separator, escaping, quoting command substitution.

Creating shell script, Shell identifiers, Shell variables,

Destroying a variable,Positional parameters & command line arguments ,

evaluating expressions,Text formatting with echo & tput script termination.

15. Shell control structures - if, case, for, while, relational and logical operators,

Advanced filter – sed and awk.

PART-B

GRADED EXERCISES

1. Write a Shell script to print the command line arguments in reverse order.

2. Write a Shell script to check whether the given number is palindrome or not.

3. Write a Shell script to sort the given array elements in ascending order using bubble sort.

4. Write a Shell script to perform sequential search on a given array elements.

5. Write a Shell script to perform binary search on a given array elements.

6. Write a Shell script to accept any two file names and check their file permissions.

7. Write a Shell script to read a path name, create each element in that path e.g: a/b/c i.e., „a‟ is

directory in the current working directory, under „a‟ create „b‟, under „b‟ create „c‟.

8. Write a Shell script to illustrate the case-statement.

9. Write a Shell script to accept the file name as arguments and create another shell script, which

recreates these files with its original contents.

10. Write a Shell script to demonstrate Terminal locking.

11. Write a Shell script to accept the valid login name, if the login name is valid then print its home

directory else an appropriate message.

12. Write a Shell script to read a file name and change the existing file permissions.

13. Write a Shell script to print current month calendar and to replace the current day number by „*‟ or

„**‟ respectively.

14. Write a Shell Script to display a menu consisting of options to display disk space, the current users

logged in, total memory usage, etc. ( using functions.)

15. Write a C-program to fork a child process and execute the given Linux commands.

16. Write a C-program to fork a child process, print owner process ID and its parent process ID.

17. Write a C-program to prompt the user for the name of the environment variable, check its validity

and print an appropriate message.

18. Write a C-program to READ details of N students such as student name, reg number, semester

and age. Find the eldest of them and display his details.

Text Book:

1. “UNIX – Concepts and Applications”, Sumitabha Das, 4th

Edition,

Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.

(Chapters 1.2, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 18, 19).

2. “Linux Command Line and Shell Scripting Bible”, Richard Blum,

Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2008. (Chapters 1.2, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 14, 15).

3. “Linux Lab: Hands on Linux”, Dayanand Ambawade and Deven N.Shah,

Wiley Dreamtch Pvt. Ltd

Scheme of valuation

1 Record 05


part A & part B

15 + 15 = 30

3 Entering two programs 05 + 05 = 10

4 Executing two programs with Result 15 + 15 = 30

5 Viva-voce 25

Total Marks 100



Fourth Semester

Subject: OOP with C++ Lab


1. Write a C++ program to find the largest of three numbers using inline function.

2. Write a C++ program to sort an array of integer in ascending order using a function

called exchange( ) which accepts two integer arguments by reference.

3. Write a C++ program to implement function overloading in order to compute

power(m,n) where i) m is double and n is int ii) m and n are int.

4. Create a 'DISTANCE' class with :

- feet and inches as data members

- member function to input distance

- member function to output distance

- member function to add two distance objects

Write a main function to create objects of DISTANCE class. Input two distances

and output the sum.

5. Create a class called 'EMPLOYEE' that has

- EMPCODE and EMPNAME as data members

- member function getdata( ) to input data

- member function display( ) to output data

Write a main function to create EMP, an array of EMPLOYEE objects. Accept

and display the details of at least 6 employees.

6. Create a class called 'TIME' that has

- three integer data members for hours, minutes and seconds

- constructor to initialize the object to zero

- constructor to initialize the object to some constant value

- member function to add two TIME objects

- member function to display time in HH:MM:SS format

Write a main function to create two TIME objects, add them and display the

result in HH:MM:SS format.

7. Create a class 'COMPLEX' to hold a complex number. Write a friend function to

add two complex numbers. Write a main function to add two COMPLEX objects.

8. Create a 'MATRIX' class of size m X n. Overload the ‘+’ operator to add two

MATRIX objects. Write a main function to implement it.

9. Derive a class ‘MAT’ from MATRIX class created in program No. 8. Add a

member function to overload ‘*’ operator to multiply two objects. (Single

Inheritance)

10. Write a c++ program :

a) to illustrate multilevel inheritance.

b) to illustrate multiple inheritance.

11. Create a 'STRING' class which overloads ‘ = = ' operator to compare two

STRING objects.

12. Write a C++ program to illustrate ‘this’ pointer and pointers to derived classes.

13. Create a base class called 'SHAPE' having

- two data members of type double

- member function get-data( ) to initialize base class data members

- pure virtual member function display-area( ) to compute and display the area

of the geometrical object.

Derive two specific classes 'TRIANGLE' and 'RECTANGLE' from the

base class. Using these three classes design a program that will accept

dimension of a triangle / rectangle interactively and display the area.

14. Write a C++ program to read a list containing item name, item code and cost

interactively and display the data in a tabular format as shown below:

NAME CODE COST

The Name and Code are left-justified and the Cost is right-justified with a precision of

2 digits. Trailing zeros are shown. Fill the unused spaces with Hyphen

15. Design your own manipulator to provide the following output specification for

printing money value:

1) 10 columns width

2) The character '$' at the beginning

3) Showing '+' sign.

4) Two digits precision

5) Filling of unused spaces with ' * '

6) Trailing zeros shown

16. Write a C++ program that uses a single file for both reading and writing the data.

17. A file contains a list of names and telephone numbers in the following form:

Name Tel. No.

Write a C++ program to read the file and output the list in the tabular format.

The name should be left-justified and numbers right-justified. Use a class

object to store each set of data.

18. Write an interactive, menu-driven program that will access the file created in

program No.17 and implement the following tasks:

i) To determine the telephone numbers of the specified person.

ii) To determine the name if a telephone number is given.

iii) To update the telephone number whenever there is a change.

19. Write a C++ program that displays the size (in bytes) of a given file. The name of

the file is specified as command line argument.

20. Define a function template for finding the minimum value contained in an array.

Write main( ) function to find the minimum value of integer array and minimum value

of floating point numbers in an array.

21. Write a class template to represent a generic vector. Include member functions to

perform the following tasks:

1) To create the vector.

2) To modify the value of a given element.

3) To multiply the vector by a scalar value.

4) To display the vector in the form (10, 20, 30,…..)

Note: Execute programs in LINUX/Windows platform


1 Record 05

2 Writing two programs 20+20=40

3 Entering one program 10

4 Execution with result 25

5 Viva-Voce 20

Total 100

GOVT. OF KARNATAKA


Subject Title : Basic Management Skills &

Indian constitution

Q P Code :

Hours Per Week : 04

Hours Per Semester : 64

BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION

TOPIC ANALYSIS

SL.No Major Topics Hours

Allotted

Weightage of

Marks

SECTION-I

1 Management Skills 09 15

2 Operations Management 12 35

SECTION-II

3 Total Preventive Maintenance 04 10

4 Total Quality Management 06 20 5 Safety and Environmental issues 06 20

SECTTION-III

6 Indian Constitution 08 20 7 Parliamentary System and procedures 05 10 8 Empowerment of Women 08 15 9 Environmental Awareness and Industry

Innovations

03 -

Tests 03 -

Total 64 145

CONTENTS

1. MANAGEMENT SKILLS

1.1 INTERPERSONAL SKILLS.

1.11 Know Thyself/ self –Discovery.

1.12 Know others and understand the perspective of others.

1.13 Intergroup communications.

1.14 Art Of Communications

1.2 TEAM BUILDING and TEAMWORK SKILLS.

1.21 Aspects of team building.

1.22 Team v/s Group.

1.23 Inter group collaboration.

2. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

2.1 Production & Productivity

2.1.1 Stages involved in Product Design

2.1.2 Factors considered while designing a Product

2.1.3 Types of Production

2.1.4 Factors to improve Productivity

2.2 Production, Planning & Control

2.3 Make or Buy Decision

2.3.1 Criteria considered for make or buy decision

2.3.2 Analysis for make or buy decision

2.4 Purchasing

2.4.1 Methods of Purchasing Material or Component

2.4.2 Steps involved in purchasing of material or component

2.5 Stores Management

2.5.1 Methods of Storing

2.5.2 Tools required for Stores Management

2.5.3 Codification System

2.6 Logistics Management

2.6.1 Different means of Transportation

2.6.2 Routing & Delays, Tracing, Packaging & Material Handling,

Damage Claims, Demurrage Charges and Insurance Buying

2.7 Inventory & Inventory Control

2.7.1 Functions of Inventory Control

2.7.2 Inventory Control Techniques

2.7.3 Inventory Management Software

2.8 Introduction to MRP and ERP

3.TOTAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

3.1 Maintenance and concept of TPM

3.2 Economics involved in preventive maintenance

3.3 Techniques of TPM

3.4 Benefits of TPM

3.5 Planned Maintenance and Predictive Maintenance

4. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

4.1 Quality and Inspection

4.1.1 Factors affecting Quality

4.1.2 Relation between Quality & Cost

4.1.3 Quality Control

4.2 Concept of TQM

4.2.1 Tools and Techniques of TQM

4.3 Quality Management System

4.3.1 I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards

4.3.2 Procedures and Documentation of ISO 9000 certification

5. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

5.1 Accident and Safety

5.2 Accident Prevention, Accident Reporting and Crisis Management

5.3 Safety provisions under Indian Factories Act

5.4 Safety Management System-OSHAS 18001

5.5 Environmental issues addressed by organization

6. INDIAN CONSTITUTION

6.1 Indian Constitution-Formation of Constituent Assembly-Framing of the

Constitution-Drafting Committee-Contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar,

Chairman of Drafting Committee and the members in drafting a

constitution for India.

6.2 Preamble-objectives-Directive principles

6.3 Features of Constitution

6.4 Fundamental Rights

6.5 Fundamental duties

6.6 Amendments for Indian Constitution

6.7 Human Rights

7. PARLIAMENTARY SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES.

7.1 Government-Meaning-organs-functions.

7.2 Parliament-meaning-Two houses-Lok Sabha-Composition-election-

Presiding officer-term-RajyaSabha- Composition-election-Presiding

officer-term

7.3 Powers of parliament

7.4 Executive Role - President-Vice President-Prime Minister-Council of

Ministers

7.5 Indian Judiciary system-Supreme Court-High Court-subordinate courts

7.6 Constitutional bodies-Election Commission-Public Service Commission-

Finance Commission

7.7 Structure of State government- State Legislature-Governor-Chief

Minister-Council of Ministers

7.8 Local self government-meaning-Three tier system-Village panchayath-

taluk panchayath-Zilla panchayath

7.9 Local bodies-Municipalities and Corporations

8.0 EMPOWERMENT OF WOMEN.

8.1 Concept, Definition and need for Women's Empowerment

8.2 Strategies, approaches, process, levels, principles and indicators for

women’s empowerment.

8.3 Gender statistics in India – Glaring inequalities

8.4 Women and Development:

8.4.1 Goals and Objectives of National Policy for Women's

Empowerment

8.4.2 Advancement of Women through Five-Year Plans

8.4.3 Special Programs for Women's Development.

8.5 Constitutional Provisions towards Women's Rights and Special

Legislations for Women.

8.6 Case Studies.

SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES

1. MANAGEMENT SKILLS

1.1 INTERPERSONAL SKILLS.

1.11.1 Importance of knowing yourself-Process of knowing yourself.

1.11.2 SWOT analysis-Benefits of SWOT analysis

1.11.3 SWOT analysis grid and questions to complete the grid.

1.12.1 Importance of knowing others-Process of knowing others.

1.13.1 Resolving Win/Lose Situations into win/win through inter group

communications.

1.14.1 Defining communication- Special features of communication.

1.14.2 Communication process- Channels of communication.

1.14.3 Formal and informal communication network.

1.14.4 Barriers to communication- Tips of effective communication.

1.14.5 Tips of powerful presentation- Art of public speaking- Importance of

public speaking- Benefits of public speaking- Public speaking tips.

1.2 TEAM WORK AND TEAMWORK

1.21.1 Meaning and aspects of team building- Skills needed for teamwork-

A model of team building.

1.22.1 Team v/s Group- Characteristics of a effective team- Role of a team

leader- Role of a team members- A successful team of nine persons.

1.23.1 Inter group collaboration- Advantages of inter group collaboration.

1.23.2 Difficulties faced in inter-group collaboration.

1.23.3 Factors shaping inter group collaboration.

2. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

2.1 Define Production & Productivity

2.1.1 Explain various stages involved in product design

2.1.2 List factors considered while designing a product

2.1.3 Explain Job, Batch & Mass production with their advantages and

disadvantages

2.1.4 List factors to improve/increase productivity

2.2 State the functions of PPC- planning, routing, scheduling, dispatching and

inspection

2.3 State the importance of make or buy decision

2.3.1 List the criteria considered for make or buy decision

2.3.2 Briefly explain methods of analysis for make or buy decision-

Simple cost analysis, Break even analysis & Economic analysis

2.4 Define purchasing

2.4.1 Explain briefly different methods of purchasing the material or

component.

2.4.2 Explain the steps involved in purchasing of Material or Component

2.5 Explain Stores Management

2.5.1 Explain different methods of storing

2.5.2 Explain briefly Bin Card, Material Issue Requisition, Material

Returned Note and Store Ledger

2.5.3 Explain advantages and systems of Codification

2.6 Explain Logistics Management

2.6.1 Explain different means of transportation

2.6.2 Explain Routing & Delays, Tracing, Packaging & Material

Handling, Damage Claims, Demurrage Charges and Insurance

Buying

2.7 Define Inventory and Inventory Control

2.7.1 List important functions of Inventory Control

2.7.2 Explain briefly Inventory Control Techniques – ABC, VED, SDE,

MNG Analysis

2.7.3 List few Inventory Management Softwares

2.8 Describe about MRP & ERP. List the software’s used

3. TOTAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

3.1 Explain Maintenance and explain the concept of TPM

3.2 Explain the economics involved in preventive maintenance

3.3 Describe the techniques of TPM

3.4 List the benefits of TPM

3.5 Explain planned maintenance and predictive maintenance

4. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

4.1 Define Quality, Inspection & explain its importance

4.1.1 List factors affecting quality

4.1.2 Explain the relation between cost & quality

4.1.3 Define and Explain quality control

4.2 Explain concept of TQM

4.2.1 Explain briefly tools & techniques of TQM – Flow charts, Control

charts, Histograms, Pareto charts, Check sheets, Scatter diagram,

Cause and effect diagram, 5-S, Poka-yoke, Kaizen, Re-engineering

and Six-sigma

4.3 Define QMS

4.3.1 Explain briefly I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards – ISO 9000, ISO

9001 & ISO 9004

4.3.2 Explain procedures and documentation involved in ISO 9000 series

certification

5. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

5.1 Define accident and safety

5.2 Explain accident prevention, accident reporting and crisis management

5.3 List the safety provisions under Indian Factories Act

5.4 Explain Safety Management System-OSHAS 18001

5.5 Give a brief summary of ISO 14000 series and IS16949 & IS16959

certifications

6. INDIAN COSTITUTION

6.1 Introduction to Indian Constitution

6.2 Discuss the Formation of Constituent Assembly

6.3 Discuss the Contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar as a Chairman of Drafting

Committee and the members in drafting a constitution for India.

6.4 Discuss Preamble and its main objectives

6.5 State the Directive principles

6.6 Discuss the Features of Constitution

6.7 Mention the number of parts, articles, schedules and discuss the article -1

6.8 Discuss Fundamental Rights

6.9 Discuss Fundamental duties

6.10 Explain the Amendment and its procedure

6.11 Discuss Human Rights and its significance

7. PARLIAMENTARY SYSTEM

7.1 Discuss the Parliamentary system of Government.

7.2 Discuss the about:

7.2.1 Loka Sabha: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term

7.2.2 RajyaSabha: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term

7.3 Powers of parliament

7.3.1How law is made, three readings

7.3.2Diffrence between Bill and act

7.3.3Administrative control- Explain importance of questioning- concept

of Question hour- concept of zero hour

7.3.4 Briefly explain about Confidence motion and Censure motion

7.4 Explain the meaning of the budget

7.5 President-Vice President-Prime Minister-Council of Ministers their

appointments and functions

7.6 Discuss the formation and functions of supreme court-High court-

Subordinate court.

7.7 Discuss the importance of Constitutional bodies-Election Commission-

Public Service Commission-Finance Commission

7.8 Discuss the about state legislature:

7.8.1 Legislative assembly: Composition, election, Presiding officer and

term

7.8.2 Legislative council: Composition, election, Presiding officer and

term

7.9 Governor-Chief Minister-Council of Ministers their appointments and

functions

7.10 Local self government-meaning-Three tier system

7.11 Discuss the formation and functions of Village panchayath-taluk

panchayath-Zilla panchayath and urban local bodies such as

Municipalities and Corporations

8. Empowerment of Women

8.1 Explain the Concept and Definition of Women's Empowerment.

8.2 Discuss the different strategies, approaches, process, levels, principles and

indicators for women's empowerment.

8.3 Discuss the Gender statistics in India – Glaring inequalities.

8.4 Explain Women and Development

8.4.1 List the Goals and Objectives of National Policy-2001 for

Women's Empowerment.

8.4.2 Discuss the emphasis given on the Advancement of Women

through Five-Year Plans.

8.4.3 List the Various Special Programs for Women's

Development from government.

8.5 State Constitutional Provisions towards Women's Rights -Fundamental

Rights Article 14, 15, 15(3), 16-Directive of State Policy Article 39,42-

Fundamental Duties 51(A)(e) and Reservation of seats Article 243(D)(3),

Article 243(T)(3) - explain the following Special Legislation for Women-

Dowry Prohibition Act 1961, Domestic Violence Act 2005,Sexual

Harassment at Workplace Bill 2006, Equal Remuneration Act 1976,Hindu

succession Act,1956, Prenatal diagnostic techniques (regulation and

prevention of misuse) act,1994.

8.6 Case Studies.

.

Reference Books:

1. Soft Skills- by Dr. K. Alex, S Chand & Company Ltd.

1 Total Quality Management- Prof. Dr. H D Ramachandra

2 Industrial Organization and Engineering Economics- T.R.Banga

& S C Sharma

2 Total Quality Management- S Raja Ram, M Shivashankar.

3 Industrial management and organizational behavior- K.K.Ahuja

4 Industrial management and engineering economics- O.P.khanna

5 Production and operations management-Dr .K.Aswathappa and

Dr.Sreedhar Bhatt- Himalaya publishers

6 Introduction to the Constitution of India- Dr. Durga Das Basu

7 The constitution of India - P.M.Bhakshi- Universal law

publishers

8 Our constitution-National Book Trust of India

9 Our Parliament-National Book Trust of India

10 Our Judiciary-National Book Trust of India

11 Empowerment of rural women in India-Hemalatha H.M and

Rameshwari Varma,Hema Prakashana.

12 The right to development-centre for development and human

rights-Sage Publications.

13 Industrial Engg. &Mgmt Science By- T R Banga & SC Sharma.


FIFTH SEMESTER

BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION

Time: 3Hrs Max marks: 100

Part-I is compulsory and Answer any two full questions from Part-II, Part-III, and

Part-IV

PART- I

1. A) Fill in the blanks with appropriate words:- 5X1=5

I) The Constitution of India came into effect on ______________.

ii) The term of the chairperson of Rajyasabha is_________ years

iii) ______________ is an unforeseen event

iv) The ISO ______________ is related with Environmental management systems

v) Increased ________ leads to the benefits for both employer and employee

B) State the qualities of a good leader 5

PART-II

2 a) Explain SWOT analysis-Mention benefits of SWOT analysis 5

b) Explain special features of communication. 5

c) Explain Formal and informal communication network. 5

3 a) Explain the motivating factors 5

b) State the qualities of a good leader 5

c) Explain the process of team building 5

4 a) State the characteristics of entrepreneur 5

b) Lists the steps involved for setting up small scale/Medium scale industries

c) Define outsourcing and mention its features 5

PART-III

5 a) State the functions of Production planning and Production control 5

b) Define inventory and inventory control 5

c) State the importance of material management 5

6 a) Explain the total productive maintenance . 5

b) List the various types of preventive measures to avoid an accident 5

c) List the factors affecting quality 5

7 a) Explain the concept of Total quality management 5

b) List the various types SQC tools 5

c) State the importance of material management 5

PART-IV

8 a) What is a constitution? 5

b) Why Dr. B R Ambedkar is known as architect of Indian Constitution? 5

c) What is sovereignty? 5

9 a) Why is there a need to Economic, social and political justice in India? 5

b) Explain three tier panchayath system 5

c) Mention the salient features of Indian constitution. 5

10 a) what are the approaches to empowerment of women? 5

b) List the goals and objectives of national policy for women's empowerment.5

c) Write a note on dowry prohibition act. 5

Question Bank on Indian Constitution

1. What is a government?

2. What is a constitution?

3. Why constitution is called the rule of the State?

4. Write the importance of the constitution.

5. To draft a constitution to India was the most challenging task. Why?

6. What are the contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar in drafting a constitution for

India?

7. What is the importance of republic day?

8. What is the importance of preamble?

9. Why is preamble said to be the soul of the constitution?

10. What is sovereignty?

11. What is the objective of Socialism?

12. The principle of Secularism is suitable to India. How?

13. Why is India called republic?

14. Why is there a need to Economic, social and political justice in India?

15. Mention the aspects which strengthen the bond of fraternity in India?

16. In the present context unity and integrity are most essential in India. Why?

17. Though Directive principles are not enforceable by law they are important in the

constitution. How?

18. Mention the salient features of Indian constitution.

19. How is written constitution, advantageous than unwritten constitution?

20. Indian constitution is one of the lengthiest constitution. Mention the factors to

substantiate the statement.

21. State the notable features borrowed from the following constitutions: a) U. S. A.

b) England c) Ireland d) Canada.

22. Why is Indian constitution termed as flexible constitution?

23. What is universal Adult Franchise?

24. Write the advantages of single citizenship.

25. Why is Indian judiciary said to be an independent judiciary?

25. What is the importance of Fundamental rights?

27. How can it be said that Fundamental rights are not absolute?

28. Mention the Fundamental rights.

29. Give reasons as to why certain sections of the society are provided concessions

and privileges in spite of right to equality.

30. How does cultural and educational right protect the interests of the minorities?

31. Mention the right introduced in 2010 under right to equality what is the

importance of it?

32. Name the right that bans child labour and provides protection to women against

exploitation.

33. The right to Constitutional remedies is said to be the heart and soul of our

constitution. Why is it said so?

34. Rights and Duties are like the two sides of the same coin - Substantiate the

statement.

35. Mention a few fundamental duties that you have to follow as a citizen of this

country.

36. When and in which the fundamental duties part of the constitution was

incorporated?

37. Name the body that has powers to amend the provisions of the constitution in

India.

38. What is the procedure followed in parliament to amend the provisions of

Fundamental rights and Directive principles?

39. Write the procedures to be followed to amend the constitutional provisions.


Fifth Semester

Subject: Programming With Java


Table of Contents

SN Chapter Hours Marks

1 Introduction of Java 5 12

2 Classes, Objects and Methods 10 25

3 Strings and String Buffer

Classes

4 10

4 Interface: Multiple Inheritance 4 10

5 Packages: Putting Classes

Together

6 15

6 Multithreaded Programming 6 15

7 Managing Errors and

Exceptions

4 10

8 Applet Programming 10 25

9 Graphics Programming 7 18

Seminars, Guest Lectures and

other innovation interactions

5

Tests 3

Total 64 140+5(Objective

Type)

Detailed Contents

1 Introduction of Java

1.1 Java history

1.2 Java Features

1.3 How Java Differs from C and C++

1.4 Java and World Wide Web

1.5 Java Environment

1.6 Simple Java Program

1.7 More of Java

1.8 An Application with Two Classes

1.9 Java Program Structure

1.10 Java Tokens

1.11 Java Statements

1.12 Implementing a Java Program

1.13 Java Virtual Machine

1.14 Command Line Arguments

1.15 Programming Style

1.16 Constants

1.17 Variables

1.18 Data Types

1.19 Scope of Variables

1.20 Symbolic Constants

1.21 Type Casting

1.22 Standard Default Values

1.23 Special Operators

1.24 Mathematical Functions

1.25 Labeled Loops (break & Continue)

1.26 Operators and Expressions

1.27 Decision Making, Branching & Looping

2 Classes, Objects and Methods

2.1 Introduction

2.2 Defining a Class

2.3 Fields Declaration

2.4 Methods Declaration

2.5 Creating Objects

2.6 Accessing Class Members

2.7 Constructors

2.8 Methods Overloading

2.9 Static Members

2.10 Nesting of Methods

2.11 Inheritance: Extending a Class

2.12 Overriding Methods

2.13 Final Variables and Methods

2.14 Final Classes

2.15 Finalize Method

2.16 Abstract Methods and Classes

2.17 Methods with Variable arguments (Var Args)

2.18 Visibility Control

3 Strings and String Buffer Classes

3.1 Strings

3.2 Vectors

3.3 Wrapper classes

3.4 Enumerated Types

3.5 Annotations

4 Interfaces: Multiple Inheritance

4.1 Introduction

4.2 Defining Interfaces

4.3 Extending Interfaces

4.4 Implementing Interfaces

4.5 Accessing Interface Variables

5 Packages: Putting Classes Together

5.1 Introduction

5.2 Java API Packages

5.3 Using System Packages

5.4 Naming Conventions

5.5 Creating Packages

5.6 Accessing a Package

5.7 Using a Package

5.8 Adding a Class to a Package

5.9 Hiding Classes

5.10 Static Import

6 Multithreaded Programming

6.1 Introduction

6.2 Creating Threads

6.3 Extending the Thread Class

6.4 Stopping and Blocking a Thread

6.5 Life Cycle of a Thread

6.6 Using Thread Methods

6.7 Thread Exceptions

6.8 Thread Priority

6.9 Synchronization

6.10 Implementing the „Runnable‟ Interface

6.11 Inter-thread Communication

7 Managing Errors and Exceptions

7.1 Introduction

7.2 Types of Errors

7.3 Exceptions

7.4 Syntax of Exception Handling Code

7.5 Multiple Catch Statements

7.6 Using Finally Statement

7.7 Throwing Our Own Exceptions

7.8 Using Exceptions for Debugging

8 Applet Programming

8.1 Introduction

8.2 How Applets Differ from Applications

8.3 Preparing to Write Applets

8.4 Building Applet Code

8.5 Applet Life Cycle

8.6 Creating an Executable Applet

8.7 Designing a Web Page

8.8 Applet Tag

8.9 Adding Applet to HTML File

8.10 Running the Applet

8.11 More About Applet Tag

8.12 Passing Parameters to Applets

8.13 Aligning the Display

8.14 Displaying Numerical Values

8.15 Getting Input from the User

8.16 Event Handling

9 Graphics Programming

Introduction

9.1 The Graphics Class

9.2 Lines and Rectangles

9.3 Circles and Ellipses

9.4 Drawing Arcs

9.5 Drawing Polygons

9.6 Line Graphs

9.7 Using Control Loops in Applets

9.8 Drawing Bar Charts

9.9 Introduction to AWT Package

9.10 Introduction to Swings

Text book:

1. Programming with Java, 4th

edition, Balagurusamy, Mc Graw Hill, ISBN-

9780070141698

2. Programming With Java By Niranjan A. Sapna Publications

Reference Books:

1. Computer Programming in Java, Junaid Khateeb and Dr. G.T. Thampi, Wiley

Dreamtech, ISBN : 9788177228298

2. Java 6 Programming – Black Book Wiley India Pvt ltd

3. Programming in JAVA2 – Dr. K. Somasundaram Jaico Publish

4. Programming in JAVA – S.S. Khandare – S. Chand Publish

General Objectives:


1. Visualize the java revolution.

2. Familiarize extending classes.

3. Understand the concepts of interfaces, packages, exception & strings.

4. Practice the use of threads, Interactive I/O & Understand the concepts of applets.

5. Study the concept of AWT.

6. Extend the concept of advanced java like swings.


1 Introduction of Java

Know about Java History, it‟s Features, how it differs from C & C++, Java &

WWW & Java Environment.

Learn the java programming, An Applications with two classes, Java program

structure, tokens, statements & its implementation.

Learn Interactive input/output, JVM, Command line arguments, programming style.

Brief Knowledge about Constants, Variables, data type, and scope of variable,

symbolic constants, type casting, standard default values, special operators,

mathematical functions & Labeled loops like break & continue.

2 Classes, Objects and Methods

Learn to define & declare classes ,objects, Class members, accessing class

members through methods, inheritance, overriding methods, final variables &

methods, final classes, finalizer method, abstract methods & classes , methods

with variable arguments and also visibility control

3 Strings and String Buffer Classes

Understand strings, vectors, wrapper classes, enumerated & Annotations

4 Interfaces: Multiple Inheritance

Know about interfaces.

Learn to Define interfaces , implementing them & to access their variables

5 Packages: Putting Classes Together

Learn about packages, java API„s, use of system packages & naming

conventions.

Learn to create, access , usage of java package, adding classes to package,

hiding classes & static import of classes & packages

6 Multithreaded Programming

Brief Knowledge of Threads, creating threads, extending thread classes, stopping

and blocking a thread, life cycle of thread.

Learn to use thread methods, exceptions & its priority.

Know to have synchronization between threads, implement the runnable

interface & also inter -thread communication.

7 Managing Errors and Exceptions

Know about Errors, its types & exceptions.

Managing & handling exceptions using multiple catch statements & final

statements.

Learn to throw our own exceptions & also Exception debugging

8 Applet Programming

Learn about applets & how it differs from applications.

Learn to write applets, building applet code, applet life cycle , creating an

executable applet, designing a web page, applet tag, adding applet to html file,

running the applet , applet tags passing parameters to applets, displaying numerical values., getting input from the users, event handling

9 Graphics Programming

Learn about graphic programming, graphic classes, Lines and Rectangles, Circles

and Ellipses.

Learn to draw arcs, polygons, & line graphs using control loops in applets & also

to draw bar charts.

A brief knowledge of AWT packages & swings.



Fifth Semester

Subject: Java Programming





Section - I


i.

ii.

iii.

iv.

v

b. “Java is a Revolutionary Programming Language” . Justify 5

Section – II

2. a).What is a Token? List the various types of Tokens supported by Java. 2

b). Write a program to find the number of and sum of all integers greater than 100 and

less than 200 that are divisible by 7 5

c). Describe different forms of Inheritance with examples 8

3 a). What is a Constructor? What are its special properties 5

b). compare Overloading with Overriding methods 5

c). Explain the different levels of access protection available in Java 5

4 a). How does String Class differ from String buffer Class 5

b). Write a program which illustrates Wrapper Class 7

c). Differentiate between a Class and Interface 3

Section-III

5 a). Write a Program which Illustrates Implementing Multiple Inheritance 7

b). What is a Package ? Explain how to create a package with an example 5

c). How do we add a Class or Interface to a Package? 3

6 a). How to access a Package? Illustrate with an example 7

b). Differentiate between Multi Threading and Multitasking 5

c). How to create Thread? 3

7. a). Write a program which illustrates the Thread methods yield(), stop()

and sleep() 6

b).What is an Exception? List the Java common exception types and causes 5

c). What is a finally block? When and How it is used? 4

Section -IV

8. a). What is an Applet? Explain the life cycle of an Applet 10

b). Write a note on HTML Applet tag 5

9. a). Write an Applet Program to input 3 floating point numbers, to find sum,

Average and Largest of Three 10

b). Write a note on Swings 5

10. a). Describe Three ways of Drawing a Polygon 6

b). Write Applets to Draw the following shapes 9

i. Cone

ii. Cylinder

iii. Cube



Fifth Semester

Subject: Web Programming


Table of Contents

SN Content Hours Marks

1 Fundamentals 04 10

2 JavaScript & XHTML Documents 04 10

3 Dynamic Documents with JavaScript 06 15

4 Introduction to XML 10 25

5 Introduction to PHP 12 30

SECTION III

6 Database Access through the Web 12 30

7 Introduction to Ruby 08 15

Seminars, Guest Lectures and other

innovation interactions

05

Tests 03

Total 64 145

Detailed Contents

1 Fundamentals

1.1 A Brief Introduction to Internet

1.1.1 Origins

1.1.2 What the Internet Is

1.1.3 Internet Protocal Addresses

1.1.4 Domain Names

1.2 The World Wide Web

1.2.1 Origins

1.2.2 Web or Internet

1.3 Web Browsers

1.4 Web Servers

1.4.1 Web Server Operations

1.4.2 General Server Characterstics

1.4.3 Apache

1.4.4 IIS

1.5 Uniform Resource Locators

1.5.1 URL Formats

1.5.2 URL Paths

1.6 Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions

1.6.1 Type Specification

1.6.2 Experimental Documental Types

1.7 The Hypertext Transfer Protocal

1.7.1 The Request Phase

1.7.2 The Response Phase

1.8 Security

1.9 The Web Programmer’s ToolBox

1.9.1 Overview of XML

1.9.2 Tools for creating XHTML Documents

1.9.3 Plug-Ins and Filters

1.9.4 Overview of XML

1.9.5 Overview of JavaScript

1.9.6 Overview of Java

1.9.7 Overview of Perl

1.9.8 Overview of PHP

1.9.9 Overview of Ruby

1.9.10 Overview of Rails

1.9.11 Overview of Ajax

2 JavaScript & XML Documents

2.1 The JavaScript Execution Environment

2.2 The Document Object Model

2.3 Element Access in JavaScript

2.4 Events & Event Handling

2.4.1 Basic Concepts of Event handling

2.4.2 Events, Attributes & Tags

2.5 Handling Events from Body Elements

2.6 Handling Events from Button Elements

2.7 Handling Events from Textbox & password Elements

2.7.1 The Focus Event

2.7.2 Validating from Input

2.8 The DOM 2 Event Model

2.8.1 Event Propagation

2.8.2 Event handler registration

2.8.3 An Example of the DOM 2 Event Model

2.9 The Navigator Object

2.10 DOM Tree Traversal and Modification

2.10.1 DOM Tree Traversal

2.10.2 DOM Tree Modification

3 Dynamic Documents with JavaScript

3.1 Introduction

3.2 Positioning Elements

3.2.1 Absolute Positioning

3.2.2 Relative Positioning

3.2.3 Static Positioning

3.3 Moving Elements

3.4 Element Visibility

3.5 Changing Colors & Fonts

3.5.1 Changing Colors

3.5.2 Changing Fonts

3.6 Dynamic Contents

3.7 Stacking Elements

3.8 Locating the Mouse Cursor

3.9 Reacting to the Mouse Click

3.10 Slow Movement of Elements

3.11 Dragging & Dropping Elements

4 Introduction to XML

4.1 Introduction

4.2 The Syntax of XML

4.3 XML Document Structure

4.4 Document Type Definitions

4.4.1 Declaring Elements

4.4.2 Declaring Attributes

4.4.3 Declaring Entities

4.4.4 A Sample DTD

4.4.5 Internal & External DTDs

4.5 Namespaces

4.6 XML Schemas

4.6.1 Schemas Fundamentals

4.6.2 Defining the Schema

4.6.3 Defining the Schema Instances

4.6.4 An Overview od Data types

4.6.5 Simple Types

4.6.6 Complex Types

4.7 Displaying Raw XML Documents

4.8 Displaying XML Documents with CSS

5 Introduction to PHP

5.1 Origins and Uses of PHP

5.2 Overview of PHP

5.3 General Syntactic Characteristics

5.4 Primitives, Operations and Expressions

5.4.1 Variables

5.4.2 Integer Type

5.4.3 Double Type

5.4.4 String Type

5.4.5 Boolean Type

5.4.6 Arithmetic Operations & Expressions

5.4.7 String Operations

5.4.8 Scalar Type conversions

5.5 Output

5.6 Control statements

5.6.1 Relational Operators

5.6.2 Boolean Operators

5.6.3 Selection Statements

5.6.4 Loop statements

5.6.5 An Example

5.7 Arrays

5.7.1 Array Creation

5.7.2 Accessing array Elements

5.7.3 Functions for Dealing with Arrays

5.7.4 Sequential Access to Array Elements

5.7.5 Sorting Arrays

5.8 Functions

5.8.1 General Characteristics of Functions

5.8.2 Parameters

5.8.3 The scope of Variables

5.8.4 The Lifetime of Variables

5.9 Pattern Matching

5.10 Form Handling

5.11 Files

5.11.1 Opening and Closing Files

5.11.2 Reading from a File

5.11.3 Writing to a File

5.11.4 Locking Files

5.12 Cookies

5.12.1 Introduction to Cookies

5.12.2 PHP Support for Cookies

5.13 Session Tracking

6 Database Access through the Web

6.1 Database Access with PHP & MySQL

6.1.1 Potential Problems with Special Characters

6.1.2 Connecting to MySQL & Selecting the Database

6.1.3 Requesting MySQL Operations

6.1.4 A PHP/ MySQL Examples

6.2 Database Access with JDBC & MySQL

6.2.1 JDBC & MySQL

6.2.2 Metadata

6.2.3 Examples

7 Introduction to Ruby

7.1 Origins and Uses of Ruby

7.2 Scalar Types & their Operations

7.2.1 Numeric & String Literals

7.2.2 Variables and Assignment Statements

7.2.3 Numeric Operators

7.2.4 String Methods

7.3 Simple Input & Output

7.3.1 Screen Output

7.3.2 Keyboard Input

7.4 Control Statements

7.4.1 Control Expressions

7.4.2 Selection & Looping Statements

7.5 Fundamentals of Arrays

7.5.1 The For – in Statement

7.5.2 Built-in Methods for arrays and Lists

7.5.3 Examples

7.6 Hashes

7.7 Methods

7.7.1 Fundamentals

7.7.2 Local variables

7.7.3 Parameters

7.8 Classes

7.8.1 The basics of Classes

7.8.2 Access Control

7.8.3 Inheritance

7.9 Code blocks & Iterators

7.10 Pattern matching

7.10.1 Basics of Pattern Matching

7.10.2 Remembering matches

7.10.3 Substitutions

Text book:

1. Programming the World Wide Web, 4th

edition, Robert W.Sebesta , Pearson

Education, ISBN- 9788131724170

2. Web Programming By Niranjan A, Sapna Publications

Reference Books:

1. Web Programming – Building Internet Applications, 3rd

edition, Chris Bates, Wiley

publisher

2. Web Technologies— HTML,JavaScript,PHP,java,JSP,ASP.Net,XML & Ajax – Black

Book, Wiley, ISBN : 978-81-7722-997-4

3. PHP A Begineer’s Guide --- Vikram Vaswami , TMH publishers. ISBN: 13:978-0-07-

014069-1

General Objectives:

1. Understand the concepts of Internet, WWW, Web Browsers, Web Servers, URL’s

,HTTP, Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions & Security.

2. Comprehend the concepts of JavaScript & XHTML Documents

3. Appreciate the concepts of Dynamic Documents with JavaScript

4. Understand the concepts of XML

5. Understand the concepts of PHP

6. Understand the concepts Database Access through the Web

7. Comprehend the concepts of Ruby & their applications.


1 Fundamentals

A Brief Introduction to Internet

Origins

What the Internet Is

Internet Protocal Addresses

Domain Names

The World Wide Web

Origins

Web or Internet

Web Browsers

Web Servers

Web Server Operations

General Server Characterstics

Apache

IIS

Uniform Resource Locators

URL Formats

URL Paths

Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions

Type Specification

Experimental Documental Types

The Hypertext Transfer Protocal

The Request Phase

The Response Phase

Security

The Web Programmer’s ToolBox

Overview of XML

Tools for creating XHTML Documents

Plug-Ins and Filters

Overview of XML

Overview of JavaScript

Overview of Java

Overview of Perl

Overview of PHP

Overview of Ruby

Overview of Rails

Overview of Ajax

2 JavaScript & XML Documents

Learn the JavaScript Execution Environment, DOM & Element Access Using

XHTML.

Learn the Basic Concepts of Event Handling, Events, Attributes & Tags.

Know about Handling Events from Body Elements, Button Elements ,Textbox

& password Elements like Focus Event, blur Event, Change Event & Select

Event

Learn the DOM 2 Event Model ,Event Propagation & Event handler registration

with an Example.

Know the Concept of The Navigator Object, DOM Tree Traversal and

Modification

3 Dynamic Documents with JavaScript

Introduction to Dynamic Documents with JavaScript

Lear about Positioning Elements & their possible values like Absolute, Relative

& Static Positioning.

Learn the concepts of Moving Elements, Element Visibility, Changing Colors &

Fonts, Dynamic Contents, Stacking Elements, Locating the Mouse Cursor,

Reacting to the Mouse Click, Slow Movement of Elements & Dragging &

Dropping Elements.

4 Introduction to XML

Learn the Concepts of XML, the Syntax of XML & XML Document Structure

Know about how to Declare Elements, Declaring Attributes & Declaring

Entities in Document Type Definitions

Learn about A Sample DTD, Internal & External DTDs & Namespaces

Learn the Concepts of XML Schemas: Definition, Fundamentals, , Defining the

Schema Instances , Data types ,Simple Types, Complex types & Validating the

Instances of Schemas.

Learn to Display raw XML Documents & also to display XML Documents with

CSS.

5 Introduction to PHP

Know about the Origins and Uses of PHP, General Syntactic Characteristics,

Primitives, Operations and Expressions, Output from an PHP Script.

Learn the Concepts of Control statements, Arrays, Functions, Pattern Matching,

Form Handling,

Learn about file Handling like Open, close, read, write and locking files.

A study of Cookies: Introduction to cookies, Support of PHP & also Session

tracking in PHP.

6 Database Access through the Web

Learn to Access the Database with PHP & MySQL: Potential Problems with

Special Characters, Connecting to MySQL & Selecting the Database, Requesting

MySQL Operations, A PHP/ MySQL Examples

Learn to Access the Database with JDBC & MySQL, Metadata, with an

Examples.

7 Introduction to Ruby

Know about the Origins and Uses of Ruby.

Understand the Concepts of Scalar Types & their Operations: Numeric & String

Literals, Variables and Assignment Statements, Numeric Operators, String

Methods.

Learn about the Simple Input & Output like Screen Output & Keyboard Input

Learn the concepts of Control Statements, Control Expressions, Selection &

Looping Statements,

Understand the Fundamentals of Arrays, Hashes, Methods, Classes, Code blocks

& Iterators & Pattern matching



Fifth Semester

Subject: Web Programming





Marks

Section – I


i.

ii.

iii

iv.

v.

b) Write a note on XHTML document 5

Section – II

2. a) Explain the phases of HTML 10

b) What are the advantages of assigning event handlers to event properties 05

3. a) Explain the Document Object Model 5

b) Explain the three possible values of the positioning property 10

4. a) Discribe the parameters and action of the setTimeout function 5

b) Explain the structure of the XML structure 5

c) Define schema & schema instance with an example 5

Section – III

5. a) Describe the roles of web services 5

b) How does an XSLT processor use an XSLT style sheet with an XML document? Explain 10

6. a) Explain the various string functions used in PHP 10

b) Write a PHP script to compute the sum & average of N numbers 5

7. a) Explain array_keys & array_values function 5

b) Create a form containing information sl.no, title of the book, publishers, quantity, price,

read the data from the form & write onto a file using PHP script 10

Section – IV

8. a) Explain the three-tier architecture of web site supported by a data base 8

b) Define metadata 2

c) Explain the two ways of using JDBC 5

9. a) Write a PHP script to create a new database table with 4 fields of your choice perform the

following database operations 10

i) insert a record

ii) update a record

iii) delete a record

b) Write a note on DBI module 5

10. a) Explain how multiple selection constructs are implemented in Ruby 8

b) Write a ruby program that inputs a list of numbers from the keyboard and finds the second

smallest number in the list, along with its position in the list 7


Fifth Semester

Sub: COMMUNICATION AND ANALYSIS SKILL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME

(CASP)

HOURS/WEEK: 06 TOTAL HOURS: 96

Competence to be developed in learners:

I. To present orally any topic of the student’s interest to the rest of the class without the

assistance of media or any other aid (only talk) for at least 10 minutes creating interest in

the listeners and sustaining the interest with a meaningful conclusion.

II. To prepare a study report on any product/service in comparison with another one that is

comparable from technical specification to customer satisfaction.

III. To present with the aid of slides (6 to 10) about the study conducted above to the rest of

the class in about 10 minutes with the use of print for information and slides for graphs,

pictures, images, video and animations etc.

Note to teachers:

A teacher may guide only 6 to a maximum of ten students per year. This is to ensure

active participation of each learner.

All 96 hours need NOT be contact hours by the teacher. Students may be encouraged to do activities on their own with peer group to ensure higher level of participation.

There are ten different tasks to be completed in the course of 96 hours. On completion of each task, record the result and the marks along with the initials of the learner for

future reference, inspection and evaluation.

A few activities are suggested under each task. Teachers can improvise on the list and

add more activities as they progress from one batch to another.

Students should not be compared with each other; instead they must be compared to the standards given against each task.

The standard suggested is minimum requirement, learners may excel. The services of those who excel may be utilised to guide other learners to reach the suggested minimum.

The tasks 8, 9 and 10 may be evaluated in the presence of the total group so that learners get the benefit of knowing the inferences made by others and even their presentation

style.

Details of tasks must be completed:

(One group consists of maximum 6 nos.)

Task 1 – Communication skills (one to one personal communication). 6 hrs. 5 marks. Method of achieving task: Practice in pairs through role play

Suggested activities:

1. Telephonic conversation of a customer and supplier.

2. A computer product show room sales person and a customer.

3. Negotiation between marketing representative of a computer firm and a technical

representative at a polytechnic

Standards to be met:

Given a telephone number, a student must be able to call and gather information from the person, sustaining the conversation for about 3 min using proper

etiquettes and report on the enquiry made about the product or service. [e.g., call

a toll free number to ask details about a product or service]

Given a situation, a student must be able to talk to a person face to face in

simulation, gather information about a product, discuss about it and also

negotiate with him in the specified time (here, time can be specified by the

teacher as per the need).

Task 2 – Communication exercise (one to many in simulation) 6 hrs. 5 marks. .

Method of achieving task: Student should pick a topic and make presentation

Suggested Activities:

1. A very short talk highlighting the features of a branded computer peripheral (Printer,

Scanners, Router, Intelligent Switches, etc)

2. A creative advertisement sequence for a consumer product being eco friendly.

3. A debate on increasing the productivity for a software industry.

Panel discussion on saving consumption of power in Computer industry


Given a brochure, one must be able to study about the product and understand it in 15 min and talk about it to his group highlighting its features and explain it in

about 3 min.

A student must be able to identify a topic of interest for debate, initiate the debate and carry it on, dividing the group into two based on different

perspectives(e.g., For and against the topic

Task 3 – Listening Skills: 6 hrs. 5 marks.

Method of achieving task: Listen to an advertisement and record the message

Suggested Activities:

1. View an advertisement of a branded computer product and write down the message

behind.

2. Listen to the audio in a promotional CD for about 15 minutes of any chosen product or

service. Note down points and discuss among friends.

3. View a downloaded video of an open source product for15 minutes and write down the

summary in a paragraph of 20 lines. 4. Listen to a lecture on a computer topic from www.academicearth.org for about 30

minutes and write a summary in 200 words.


Given an audio clip or a visual of an advertisement, one must be able to listen

carefully and understand it enabling him to write the message behind it in the

specified time (say in about 5 min.).

A student must be able to listen to a lecture or watch a CD for 15 min, noting down the key points and write a summary in 200 words in the next 15 min.

Note: Hints taken and the summary must be hand written by the student and

documented for evaluation.

http://www.academicearth.org/

Task 4 – Reading skills: 6 hrs. 5 marks.

Method of achieving task: Read commercially available literature and make presentation


1. Read an article from an e-magazine about cloud computing and talk to the rest of the

group in about 5 minutes.

2. Read an advertisement of a new released computer product by a company and elaborate

its qualities after collecting information from a different source like the company web

site and a few customers.

3. Read an article on designing a System (Payroll, ERP, Railway reservation ETC) from

the internet and discuss the merits.

4. Read an article on Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) packages from the internet and

discuss the merits relevant to industry

5. Read a note on usage of automated material handling system and storage retrieval

system from any technical journal and narrate in the class.


Given an article from a journal or an advertisement from a magazine, one must be able to comprehend it in 15 to 20 min. Later on read it out to an audience,

with proper intonation and elaborate it in the next 10 min.

Given an article from the internet, a student must be able to gather more

information from the net about it, understand it and read it out for an audience

and narrate it.

Task 5- Writing Skills: 12 hrs. 10 marks.

Method of achieving task: Prepare a resume in writing& highlighting the skill sets


1. Write a resume and a covering letter for three different jobs

1) Wanted skilled technician for a Software Testing industry.

2) Wanted technician who is proficient in Computer Networking for an MNC.

3) Wanted Technician for Networking for a software

2. Write a synopsis for given topics such as Information Storage and retrieval.

3. Write a summary on latest technology in Mobile Computing.

4. Write an essay on any topic related to recent trends in IT for 150 words to 200 words.


Given a job advertisement, a student must be able to write a suitable

resume and a covering letter in 30 min [Advertisements can be tailor-

made by the teacher deliberately to train their students- e.g., two

different jobs like a marketing person and an assistant in a Research &

Development section and train students to prepare two resume for these

jobs highlighting different achievements of the student in co-curricular

activities to suit each job]

Given a topic, a student must be able to write a synopsis or summary or

an essay in about 150 words in the stipulated time.

Note: All these have to be hand written by the learner and documented for

evaluation.

Task 6- Knowledge of using Internet: 6 hrs. 5 marks.

Method of achieving task: Use the internet and perform the task identified


1. Creating an e-group with a free internet service provider among friends and act as a

moderator in turn among a group of learners.

2. Contacting other related groups from the net and communicating to them exchanging

views and ideas. Mobilising a signature campaign on the net for a common cause and

redressing it to an authority.

3. Collecting data from net

For example

1) Advanced fabrication technologies for IC manufacturing

2) Nanotechnology as applied to electronics

4. Forwarding resumes to different jobs.


Given an access to internet, one must be able to create an email ID, send mails,

forward simple mails and also mails with attachments including scanned

attachments and URL (web addresses for direct link). Also, they must be able to

collect data from different websites using internet search engines and forward

resumes to different job offering companies.

Note: Printouts of the mails, replies received and also the attachments with date

and time have to be documented.

Task 7- Oral communication: 12 hrs. 5 marks. Method of achieving task: Conduct group discussion on a specific topic and record the

discussions


1. Debate on current topics like Proprietary OS versus open source.

2. Group discussion on latest developments in web technologies.

3. Discussion on qualities required for an adaptive developer.

4. Debate on role of one proprietary software against another in the field of RDBMS.


Given a topic of relevance, they must be able to form groups and discuss/debate

on it. Also one must take cue and participate actively in a group discussion . Encourage students to note down the points of discussion and file the points in

the portfolio for evaluation.

Task 8- Data analysis: 18 hrs. 10 marks. .

Method of achieving task: Collecting actual market data and analysing for meaningful

inferences


1. Collect data for any two products/equipments of two different producers used in software

industry which includes technical details, specifications, cost and customer satisfaction.

2. Use appropriate tools and collect data from authentic sources. Depending on the source

decide the number of units for collecting the data.

3. Analyse the data with a view to compare the two products/ equipments.

4. Interpret the analysis for meaningful conclusions.

5. Record the whole process for any other person to verify.


Given two products/equipments/service, one must collect adequate information

from an authentic source for each, like the company website or the printed

brochure and record the specifications.

The maintenance of quality of the product/service needs to be studied from

personnel working at different levels in the company(3 -5 in number) for each

product/service. A set of questions needs to be prepared for collecting data. The

same questionnaire has to be used for collecting data from the personnel

mentioned above.

One must compare the two products for all the parameters based on the

specifications. Also, a market survey has to be done preparing a printed

questionnaire of around 5 questions and collecting responses from 20 customers.

Then, analyse the data, compare them and interpret the analysis for meaningful

conclusions.

Note: This being a comprehensive task may require few weeks to finish. The

data collected and the analysis carried out need to be documented.

Task 9-Presentation Skills: 12 hrs. 10 marks. Method of achieving task: Present the data collected and analysed in Task 8 to group of

students. Student should present the report of the activities conducted under Task 8 for about 10

minutes supported by few slides (6 to 10) of pictures, graphs, images etc. The text material

if any may be printed and given to the audience. Discourage students from using text

material in slides.


One must present the analysis done in task 8 using slides with pictures, graphs,

images etc in 10 min. The first slide may contain text only as per need but other

slides should preferably have pictures and images. Usage of graphs for

comparison and analysis is preferred. Text materials have to be given as

handouts to the audience.

Task-10- Pick & Speak:(Technical ) 12 hrs. 5 marks. Method of achieving task: Pick and speak on any topic at spot


Pick a topic from a lot and student should be allowed to speak for the duration of

2 to 3 minutes without the aid of any other media.


One must be able to talk extempore for 2 min on any topic picked randomly

from the lot, given a time of two minutes for organising his/her thoughts. The

topics can be kept simple and general (current events of interest like cricket or

tsunami). It must be totally an oral activity without the aid of any other media.

Suggested topics for presentation, discussion, and written & other skill development

GRID computing

Cloud computing

Ubiquitous computing

Semantic web mining

Service Oriented Architecture

Object Oriented Design and Modelling

FOSS

Pattern recognition & Image processing

3G & 4G

Embedded systems

Reverse software Engineering

WLAN

WCDMA

IPHONE-5G

Blue-ray technology

RTOS

AJAX

IPOD

PYTHON

PERL

Software Quality Assurance

SOAP

Neural Networks

Artificial intelligence

Expert systems

Data mining

SAP

.NET Applications

Computer graphics

Fuzzy logic

Data compression techniques

Hi speed data networks

Wi-Fi

VOIP

Temporal databases

Spatial databases

Any Other related new technologies

FORMAT OF LOG SHEET *

Sl.No. Date Task Progress of

Task

Initials of staff in charge and

the student

Evaluation

(as suggested in each

task)

Signature of Guide Signature of HOD

All documented work as described in each task need to be filed in a portfolio

with task no.1 at the bottom and task 10 on top.

The log sheet may be filed on top.

Learners need to have only one portfolio which contains all original documents.

Duplicate copies need not be maintained. This is to ensure the authenticity of

data collected and the analysis conducted on the data.

SCHEME OF EVALUATION

(Total no. of students in one batch for end examination should not exceed 10)

1. Maintenance of portfolio & log book. 10

2. Evaluation of prepared report on all ten tasks 65

3. End examination:

A portfolio evaluation is recommended for the end examination evaluating the

record of all ten activities of each individual learner for consistency and in case of

any discrepancy the learner may be assessed on the criteria given against each task.

Marks awarded for evaluating the portfolio - 50

Total= 125.

Note to End examination evaluators:

Check the genuineness and authenticity of all recorded activities in the portfolio.

The learner may be asked to do one activity of the choice of the examiner which involves listening to instructions, writing a small paragraph of 50 words, reading it and

talking for a few minutes.

The learner may be asked about his satisfaction of the marks awarded and in case of any

mismatch the examiner may assess his performance and alter the portfolio assessment

(here the benefit of doubt may be in favour of the learner i.e., an improvement may be

recorded but in case the examiner feels that the marks awarded is more the same may

be retained).

Do not compare the performance of one student with that of another.

Always compare the performance of a learner to the given standard.

Total time taken for the evaluation of a portfolio need not exceed 15 minutes

Recommended text book for the prescribed syllabus: Ashan Academy (2011), Communication and Analysis skills, Orient

Blackswan, Hyderabad.

References:

1. Chakravarthi K. T. & Chakravarthi L. T. (2011), Soft Skills for Managers,

biztantra, New Delhi.

2. Alex K., (2009), Soft Skills: S. Chand & company Ltd, New Delhi.

3. Pink M. A. & S. E. Thomas. : Communication Skills, S. Chand & company

Ltd, New Delhi.

4. Siddons S. (2008), Presentation Skills, Universities Press, Hyderabad.

5. Adler.: Communication : Goals and Approaches, Cengage Learning.

6. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_Language_Skills_Assessment

7. http://www.how-to-write-a-resume.org/resume_writing_examples.html

8. http://www.mindtools.com/page8.html

9. http://lorien.ncl.ac.uk/ming/Dept/Tips/present/present.html

10. http://www.doaj.org/

11. http://www.openj-gate.com/

12. http://www.linuxalt.com/

13. http://www.linux.ie/newusers/alternatives.php

14. http://www.econsultant.com/i-want-open-source-software/index.html

15. http://www.opensourcemac.org/

16. http://www.opencascade.org/

In case during the implementation of CASP any teacher has a suggestion to improve the

learners competence concerning any one of the ten tasks or any other additional one please feel

free to mail to the following addresses: 1) [email protected] or 2) [email protected]

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_Language_Skills_Assessment

http://www.how-to-write-a-resume.org/resume_writing_examples.html

http://www.mindtools.com/page8.html

http://lorien.ncl.ac.uk/ming/Dept/Tips/present/present.html

http://www.openj-gate.com/

http://www.linuxalt.com/

http://www.linux.ie/newusers/alternatives.php

http://www.econsultant.com/i-want-open-source-software/index.html

http://www.opensourcemac.org/

http://www.opencascade.org/

mailto:[email protected]


Fifth Semester

Subject: Programming with Java Lab


1 Write a Java Program to define a class, describe its constructor, overload

the Constructors and instantiate its object

2 Write a Java Program to define a class, define instance methods for

setting and Retrieving values of instance variables and instantiate its

object.

3 Write a Java Program to define a class, define instance methods and

overload them and use them for dynamic method invocation.

4 Write a Java Program to demonstrate use of sub class

5 Write a Java Program to demonstrate use of nested class.

6 Write a Java Program to implement array of objects.

7 Write a Java program to practice

- using String class and its methods.

- using String Buffer class and its methods.

8 Write a Java Program to implement Vector class and its methods.

9 Write a Java Program to implement Wrapper classes and their methods.

10 Write a Java Program to implement inheritance and demonstrate use of

method overriding.

11 Write a Java Program to implement multilevel inheritance by applying

various access controls to its data members and methods.

12 Write a program to demonstrate

- use of implementing interfaces.

- use of extending interfaces.

13 Write a Java program to implement the concept of importing classes from

user defined package and creating packages.

14 Write a program to implement the concept of threading.

-by extending Thread Class

-by implementing Runnable Interface

15 Write a program to implement the concept of Exception Handling

- using predefined exception.

- by creating user defined exceptions.

16 Write a program using Applet

- to display a message in the Applet.

- For configuring Applets by passing parameters.

17 Write a Java Program to demonstrate

-Keyboard event

Mouse events

18 Write programs for using Graphics class

- to display basic shapes and fill them.

- draw different items using basic shapes

- set background and foreground colors.

Text:

1. Computer Programming in Java, Junaid Khateeb and Dr. G.T. Thampi, Wiley

Dreamtech, ISBN: 9788177228298

2. Programming with Java, 4th

edition, Balagurusamy, Mc Graw Hill, ISBN-

9780070141698

Scheme of Valuation

1 Record 05

2 Writing two programs

(2x15)

30

3 Executing one program 40

4 Result 05

5 Viva Voce 20

Total 100


Fifth Semester

Subject: Web Programming Lab


Dynamic Documents with Java Script

1 The document must have a paragraph of text that describes your

home. Choose atleast three different phrases (3 to 6 words) of this

paragraph and make them change font, font style, color and font size

when the mouse cursor is placed over them. Each of the different

phrases must change to different fonts, font styles, colors and font

sizes

2 The document must contain four short paragraphs of text stacked on

top of each other with only enough of each showing so that the mouse

cursor can also be placed over some part of them. When the cursor is

placed over the exposed part of any paragraph it should raise to the

top to become completely visible.

3 The document should have a small image of yourself, which must

appear when the mouse button is clicked at the position of the mouse

cursor, regardless of the position of the cursor at the time.

4 The document must contain the statement ―Save time with

TIMESAVER 2.2‖, which continuously moves back and forth across

the top of the display

XML

5 Design an XML document to store information about patience in a

hospital. Information about patients must include name (in 3 parts,

first name, middle name, last name), social security number (SSN),

age, room number, primary insurance company – including member

identification number, group number and address – secondary

insurance company (in the same sub parts as for the primary insurance

company), known medical problems, and known drug allergies. Both

attributes and nested tags must be included. Make up sample data of

atleast 4 patients.

6 Create a CSS style sheet for the above XML document and use it to

create a display of that document

7 Create XSLT style sheet for one patient element of the XML,

document of exercise 5 and use it to create a display of that element.

8 Modify the XSLT style sheet to format all the patient elements of the XML, document of exercise 5 and use it to create a display of whole

element.

PHP- Write, test and debug PHP scripts for the following

specification

9 Parameter - A string of numbers separated by spaces

Return Value – The first 4 digits number in the string; false if none.

10 Parameter – A file variable of a file of text where the words are

separated by spaces or colons

Return value – The word that appears most common in the file.

11 Write an XHTML document to include an anchor tag, that calls a PHP

document also write the called PHP document which returns a

randomly choosen greeting from a list of five different greetings. The

greetings must be stored as constant strings in the script. A random

number between 0 and 4 can be computed with these line.

#set the seed for mtrand with the number of microseconds

#since the last full second of the clock

mt_strand((double) microtime() * 1000000);

$number=mtrand(0,4); #computes a random integer 0-4

12 Write the XHTML code to create the form with the following

capabilities

a) A text widget to collect the users name

b) Four check boxes, one each for the following items

i) Four 100 watt light bulbs for Rs. 20=39

ii) Eight 100 watt light bulbs for Rs 40=20

iii) Four 100 watt long life light bulbs for Rs. 30=95

iv) Eight 100 watt long life light bulbs for Rs 70=49

c) A collection of 3 radio buttons that are labeled as follows

i) Visa

ii) Master Card

iii) Discover

13 Write a PHP script that computes the total cost of the ordered light

bulbs from the exercise 12 after adding 13.5% VAT. The program

must inform the buyer of exactly what was ordered in table.

14 Write a XHTML code to create a form that collects favorite popular

songs, including the name of the song, the composer and the

performing artist or group. This document must call one PHP script

when the form is submitted and another to request a current list of

survey results.

15 Write a XHTML code to provide a form that collects names and

telephone numbers. The phone numbers must be in the format ddd-

ddd-dddd. Write a PHP script that checks the submitted telephone

number to be sure that it confirms to the required format and then

returns a response that indicates whether the number was correct.

16 Modify the PHP script of exercise 11 to count the number of visitors

and display that number for each visitor.

Hint: Use a file to store current count.

17 Accept from the user name, phone no , mail-ed ,store in database .

retrieve same information from database using a separate PHP script.

18 Learn to install Joomla/Wordpress/Drupal . ( Not for exam)

Reference

1. Programming the World Wide Web, 4th

edition, Robert W.Sebesta , Pearson Education,

ISBN- 9788131724170

2. Web Programming – Building Internet Applications, 3rd

edition, Chris Bates, Wiley

publisher

3. Web Technologies— HTML,JavaScript,PHP,java,JSP,ASP.Net,XML & Ajax – Black

Book, Wiley, ISBN : 978-81-7722-997-4

Scheme of valuation

1 Record 05

2 Write one program from Java

scripting or XHTML

15

3 Writing one from program

from PHP

15

4 Executing two programs 40

5 Result 05

6 Viva Voce 20

Total 100

TASKS RESOURCE NEEDED

I

FORT

NIGH

T

II

FORT

NIGH

T

III

FORT

NIGH

T

IV

FORT

NIGH

T

V

FORT

NIGH

T

VI

FORT

NIGH

T

VII

FORT

NIGH

T

VIII

FORT

NIGH

T

VACA

TION

IX

FORT

NIGH

T

X

FORT

NIGH

T

XI

FORT

NIGH

T

XII

FORT

NIGH

T

XIII

FORT

NIGH

T

XIV

FORT

NIGH

T

XV

FORT

NIGH

T

XVI

FORT

NIGH

T

Literature survey for project

Internet / library /

industry / Research

Centres

Finalisation of the Area in which

the project has to be done Internet / library /

industry

Finding out Facility to do the

project

Laboratory /

Industry/ Project

Sites

Collecting Data / Doing

experiments / writing of code

Laboratory /

Industry/ Project

Sites

Analysis of Data Using relevent

software

Results and Fine tuning the

experiment using the Data

Analysis

Laboratory /

Industry/ Project

Sites

Report writing

Submission of Project Report and

Viva voce

PROJECT WORK - SCHEDULING

Department of Technical Education, Karnataka DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION SCIEBNCE & ENGINEERING

FIFTH & SIXTH SEMESTER

(Final end examination will be in Sixth Semester)

SUBJECT: PROJECT WORK I & II

Contact Hrs/Week: 3 Hrs. Contact Hrs: 48 Hrs + 48 Hrs

Project Work – I

First Phase

GUIDELINES FOR PROJECT FORMULATION

The project work constitutes a major component in most of the professional programmes and it

is to be carried out with due care and should be executed with seriousness by the candidates.

TYPE OF PROJECT

As majority of the students are expected to work out a real life project in some industry/research

and development laboratories/educational institutions/software companies, it is suggested that

the project is to be chosen which should have some direct relevance in day-to-day activities of

the candidates in his/her institution. Students are encouraged to work in the areas listed at the

end. However, it is not mandatory for a student to work on a real life project. The student can

formulate a project problem with the help of Guide.

PROJECT PROPOSAL (SYNOPSIS)

The project proposal should be prepared in consultation with your guide. The project

proposal should clearly state the project objectives and the environment of the proposed project

to be undertaken. The project work should compulsorily include the software development.

The project proposal should contain complete details in the following form:

1. Title of the Project.

2. Introduction and Objectives of the Project.

3. Project Category (DBMS/OOPS/Networking/Multimedia/Artificial Intelligence/Expert

Systems etc.).

4. Tools / Platform, Hardware and Software Requirement specifications.

5. Analysis (DFDs at least up to second level , ER Diagrams/ Class Diagrams/ Database

Design etc. as per the project requirements).

6. A complete structure which includes:

Number of modules and their description to provide an estimation of the student‟s effort on the project.

Data Structures as per the project requirements for all the modules.

Process logic of each module.

Testing process to be used.

Reports generation ( Mention tentative content of report).

7. Are you doing this project for any Industry/Client? Mention Yes/No. If Yes, Mention the

Name and Address of the Industry or Client.

8. Future scope and further enhancement of the project. Also mention limitation of the project.

PROJECT PROPOSAL SUBMISSION AND APPROVAL

After finalizing the topic and the selection of the guide, students should be submit the Project

Proposal to the HOD along with the synopsis and bio-data of the guide. Incomplete project

proposals in any respect will be immediately rejected.

FORMAT OF LOG SHEETS (To be verified during IA verification)

To be filled As per Project work Schedule given in the spread sheet

Sl.No. Date Task Progress of Task Initials of staff in charge Evaluation

(10 Marks

I A Marks:

Scheme of Evaluation

1 Log record 05

2 Synopsis 10

3 Presentation 10

Total 25

PHASE - II

PROJECT REPORT FORMULATION

Items To Be Included In The Project Report

The following items should be included in the Project Report:

1. The project report must contain the following:

Introduction

Objectives

Tools/Environment Used

Analysis Document (This should include SRS in proper structure based on Software Engineering concepts, E-R diagrams/Class diagrams/any related diagrams (if the

former are not applicable), Data flow diagrams/other similar diagrams (if the former

is not applicable), Data dictionary)

Design Document (Modularization details, Data integrity & constraints including database design, Procedural design, User interface design)

Program code (Complete code (well indented)/Detailed specification instead of

code*, Comments & Description. The program code should always be developed in

such a way that it includes complete error handling, passing of parameters as

required, placement of procedure/function statements as needed.)

Testing (Test case designs are to be included separately for Unit testing, Integration testing, System testing; Reports of the outcome of Unit testing, Integration testing,

System testing are to be included separately. Also, details of debugging and code

improvement are to be included.)

Input and Output Screens

Implementation of Security for the Software developed (In case, you have set up a

User Name and Password for your software, you should ensure the security of User

Name and Password during transmission to server)

Limitations of the Project

Future Application of the Project

Bibliography

1. Project reports should be typed neatly in Times New Roman letters with font size 14 for titles

and 12 for text on both sides of the paper with 1.5 line spacing on a A4 size paper (210 x

297 mm). The margins should be: Left - 1.5", Right - 1", Top and Bottom - 0.75".

2. The total number of reports (Soft bound) to be prepared are

One copy to the department library

One copy to the concerned guide(s)

One copy to the candidate.

3. Before taking the final printout, the approval of the concerned guide(s) is mandatory and

suggested corrections, if any, must be incorporated.

4. Every copy of the report must contain

Inner title page (White)

Outer title page with a plastic cover

Candidate declaration and Certificate in the format enclosed both from the institution

and the organization where the project is carried out.

An abstract (synopsis) not exceeding 100 words, indicating salient features of the work.

5. The organization of the report should be as follows

1. Inner title page

2. Abstract or Synopsis

3. Acknowledgments

4. Table of Contents

5. List of table & figures (optional)

Usually numbered in

roman

Chapters (to be numbered in Arabic) containing Introduction-, which usually specifies

the scope of work and its importance and relation to previous work and the present

developments, Main body of the report divided appropriately into chapters, sections and

subsections.

The chapters, sections and subsections may be numbered in the decimal form for e.g.

Chapter 2, sections as 2.1, 2.2 etc., and subsections as 2.2.3, 2.5.1 etc.

The chapter must be left or right justified (font size 16). Followed by the title of

chapter centered (font size 18), section/subsection numbers along with their headings must

be left justified with section number and its heading in font size 16 and subsection and its

heading in font size 14. The body or the text of the report should have font size 12.

The figures and tables must be numbered chapter wise

The last chapter should contain the summary of the work carried, contributions if any,

their utility along with the scope for further work.

Reference and Bibliography: The references should be numbered serially in the order

of their occurrence in the text and their numbers should be indicated within square brackets for

e.g. [3]. The section on references should list them in serial order in the following format.

1. For textbooks –R S Khandpur, Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, 2nd

Edition, McGraw Hill.

2. For papers – Y.Javadi and I. Sattari, Welding distortion in pipes, Journal of pressure

vessels and piping, Vol 85, Aug 2008, pp 337-343

Separator sheets, used if any, between chapters, should be of thin paper

SOFTWARE TOOLS:

Only Open Source Software‟s Should Be Used to Carry out the Project Code in Project Phase –

II

FORMAT OF LOG SHEETS (To be verified during IA verification and bounded with the

project synopsis)

To be filled as per Project Work Schedule given in the spread sheet

Sl.No. Date Task Progress of Task Initials of staff

in charge

Evaluation

(10 Marks

I A Marks:


1 Log record 05

2 Synopsis 10

3 Presentation 10

Total 25

END EXAM PROJECT WORK – II EVALUATION

1 Report 25

2 Presentation 25

3 Demonstration 25

4 Viva-Voce 25

TOTAL 100

Laboratory Equipments

A separate lab dedicated to CASP and Project work should be established

CANDIDATE’S DECLARATION

I, ------------------------------------------ the student of Diploma in -----------------------------

Department bearing Reg No---------------------------------------of ---------------------------------------

------- hereby declare that I own full responsibility for the information, results and conclusions

provided in this project work titled “------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------- “submitted to Board of Technical Examinations, Government of Karnataka for

the award of Diploma in ______________________

To the best of my knowledge, this project work has not been submitted in part or full

elsewhere in any other institution/organization for the award of any certificate/diploma/degree. I

have completely taken care in acknowledging the contribution of others in this academic work. I

further declare that in case of any violation of intellectual property rights and particulars

declared, found at any stage, I, as the candidate will be solely responsible for the same.

Date:

Place: Signature of candidate

Name: --------------------

Reg No-------------------


NAME OF THE INSTITUTION

Address with pin code

Department of ……………………………………………………..

Year _________

CERTIFICATE

Certified that this project report entitled “ --------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------” which is being

submitted by Mr./Ms. ………………………….……………….., Reg. No…..……………, a bonafide

student of …………………………………….in partial fulfillment for the award of Diploma in

________ Engineering during the year ……………………... is record of students own work carried

out under my/our guidance. It is certified that all corrections/suggestions indicated for internal

Assessment have been incorporated in the Report and one copy of it being deposited in the polytechnic

library.

The project report has been approved as it satisfies the academic requirements in respect of

Project work prescribed for the said diploma.

It is further understood that by this certificate the undersigned do not endorse or approve

any statement made, opinion expressed or conclusion drawn there in but approve the project

only for the purpose for which it is submitted.

Guide(s) Head of Department Principal

Name and signature

Examiners

1. 2 .


A separate lab should be established and dedicated to carry out project work for the students.

SN Item Qty

1 Computers with latest configuration 20

2 Switch – 32 port 01

3 I/O boxes 20

4 Structured Networking For all systems

5 Internet Connection For all 20 systems

6 Software‟s As required

ROADMAP FOR PROJECT GUIDES

1. The project work is proposed to be carried out during the V and VI semesters so that

learners prepare during the V semester, do some field work based on the preparation

during the mid semester vacation and report the analysis and inferences during the VI

semester.

2. The learners would reach a level of maturity by the time they reach V semester and so a

meaningful project lasting for a year can be executed by them.

3. To execute the project with involvement needs constant guidance and monitoring of the

progress of the learners by the guide.

4. This does not mean teacher has to advice learners.

5. Be confident about the ability of the learner and “intellectually provoke” them with

challenging questions. These questions should prompt the learners to search information

and update themselves (to be carried out during the first two weeks).

6. Do not feed information to learners. Instead crate a „cognitive dissonance‟ (a

challenging question or situation that the learner is not able to find an immediate answer

but feels the need to search for information to find a solution).

7. Defer judgement on learners and give them identified sources if required like a journal

article, book or a web site.

8. Even if the learners report their inability to solve do NOT give or prescribe a solution.

9. Be patient and give time for the learner to construct his knowledge.

10. Give corrective feedback to the learner by challenging his solutions so that his logic is

questioned and it develops further.

11. This leads to the first activity viz., literature survey and conceiving a project.

12. During this phase meet the project team in a group and create a healthy competition

among the learners to search different sources and synthesise their findings in the group.

13. Aim for bringing out a workable innovative project conceived within the first eight

weeks as given in the schedule attached.

14. During these two phases and the third phase the teacher should assess the strengths and

weakness of the members of the group and allocate differential work to team members

on the remaining tasks to be carried out during the next thirty weeks.

15. This is to ensure active participation of all the members of the team.

16. By the end of the twelfth week finalise the project and a schedule of further activities for

each member indicating the time frame in which his activities are to be executed may be

made ready. A soft copy of this schedule may be collected from each learner by the

guide to follow up.

17. This schedule prepared by each learner need to be documented for checking further

progress of the project.

18. The next few phases of the project may require active guidance of the guide especially

regarding the sources of collecting data, if a sample data is to be collected the number of

units has to be decided, collating the data/fabricating, tryout/analysis and finally coming

out with meaningful conclusions or models or application.

19. Data like models, designs, technical specifications, source code, protocols and original

records need be collected from one authentic source as there will not be any variation.

The teacher may guide the learners to authentic source.

20. Data having limited variability like product/service quality, processes and standards,

procedures need to be collected from a sample as there is a variation. The number of

units from whom (source) the data is to be collected is called sample. The sample needs

to be representative of the expected variation. The decision on the size of the sample

and the number of units need guidance from the teacher. For example, data regarding

the quality of a product/service need be collected from 3 to 5 personnel at different

levels of a service provider or dealers of a product. The numbers given are suggestive

but a guide based on his experience has to make valid suggestions.

21. Data having a wide range of variation like customer satisfaction where the customers are

members of the public need a larger number of units to accommodate the diversity. A

tool like questionnaire with predetermined questions need to be prepared, tried out on a

small sample and finalise the questions. Data may be collected from at least 30 units.

This number is suggested to apply statistical analysis for meaningful conclusions.

Guides may decide on the sample size depending on the accessibility of data.

22. The intention of the above three points viz., 19, 20 and 21 is to ensure objectivity in data

collection i.e., to reduce the subjectivity of the human mind.

23. All the above activities need to be completed before three to four weeks before the end

of V semester (refer the spread sheet related to scheduling).

24. The learners may be instructed to collect data objectively with identified sample during

the next 4 to six weeks which includes the mid semester holidays. This would enable the

learners to visit the field and collect data without the constraint of reporting to institution

and attending classes on a regular basis.

25. The collected data need to be organised and entered to spread sheets or similar formats

for analysis. Qualitative data may be converted to quantitative using a rating scale or

similar data organisation procedures.

26. The result of most analysis on spreadsheet could be obtained in tables or graphs as per

the requirement.

27. Activities mentioned in points 24, 25 and 26 may be carried out by learners during 4 to 8

weeks after commencement of VI semester.

28. Interpretation of the analysed tables and graphs to arrive at meaningful inference. The

guide at this stage may defer his ideas on interpretation allowing the learners to do this.

In case the learners err in the process they may be given corrective feedback.

29. A report of the whole process of doing the project may be written, word processed and

submitted in triplicate.

30. Guides may contact industries and try to solve their problems so that the learners get a

field experience and they get ready for the industry.

31. Innovations and innovative practices may be encouraged among the learners to be

pursued as a project. Developing prototypes, (in simulation or real) trying out feasibility

of new ideas, changing existing systems by adding modules, combining, assembling new

modules and developing new systems may be given higher priority over routine bookish

projects.

32. The schedule of events proposed is for an investigative project as a model. Guides may

alter the prescribed schedule to suit the kind of innovative projects sited in point No.31

above.

33. Industry personnel may be involved in conceiving, executing and evaluating projects.

This gives credibility to the institute and acceptance of learners for absorption into the

company.

GUIDELINES TO LEARNERS TO CARRY OUT A TWO SEMESTER

PROJECT

1. Carry out the project work through the V and VI semesters. Preparation must be done

during the V semester and based on this, field work should be done during the mid

semester vacation and reporting of analysis and inferences should be done in the VI

semester.

2. You have the ability and the level of maturity needed to conceive an innovative and

meaningful project accomplishing which gives you recognition by the industry and

empowers you with the power of knowledge.

3. Understand your strength and weakness and make an effort to find the strength and

weakness of other peers in the team.

4. Complement each other‟s strength rather than compete with peers within the team. This

will enable you to complete a comprehensive and innovative project relevant to the

industrial needs rather than doing a routine copy of what others have done.

5. Seek guidance from the teacher and update him/her about the progress.

6. Be confident about your ability and that of other members of your group. Take extra

efforts to collect information, share with your peers and synthesise your knowledge.

7. Question everything including the ideas of your teacher. Accept the ideas and

instructions which are internally consistent (logical).

8. Involve actively in group activities and contribute towards the tasks.

9. Do not depend too much on the teacher as a source of information, search on your own

and build your knowledge structure. Search for authentic sources like journal articles,

books and authentic sites rather than blogs and tweets.

10. Though brief, record your thoughts and activities including searches immediately.

11. Prepare a schedule for your work on a spread sheet and encourage your peers to do the

same.

12. Show your schedule and that of others to the teacher and get his feedback.

13. Keep reviewing the schedule every fortnight and take corrective steps if needed. For

doing this keep the general guideline schedule given in the curriculum as a backdrop.

14. Tools used for data collection like instruments, testing machines, questions to be asked

and software may be tried out and standardised by the twelfth week of the project. Seek

the teacher‟s help who is experienced in doing this.

15. Collect data dispassionately or objectively (without applying your personal prejudice).

Complete this task before the VI semester begins.

16. While entering data into the spread sheet ask your peer member to verify. This will

ensure accuracy of data entry.

17. Use appropriate mathematics/statistics for calculations. Seek help from external sources

(other than your teacher) if required.

18. The results of your analysis need to be graphically represented and documented. You

may also add photographs and video clips to increase the validity.

19. This task needs to be completed within 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester.

20. Interpret the data (after analysis) and arrive at meaningful inferences on your own in

discussion with your peers. Get it ratified by your teacher. Suggestions from the teacher

may be discussed among your peers and incorporated if they are internally consistent.

21. The project report may be word processed (videos, photographs attached in soft copy)

and submitted in triplicate two weeks before the end of VI semester.

22. Involve passionately in the team work, make constructive contributions and come out

with an industry friendly project which will equip you in your professional development.


Sixth Semester

Subject: Advanced Database Management System

Contact: Hrs / week: 4 Total hrs: 64

Table of Contents


1 Distributed DBMS-Concepts &

Designing

10 25

2 Replication and mobile database 8 20

3 Introduction to object DBMS 6 15

4 Object oriented DBMS Concepts 6 15

5 Web technology in DBMS 8 20

6 Data warehousing concepts 10 25

7 Data Mining 8 20

8 Seminars, Guest Lectures and other

innovation interactions

5

9 Tests 3

Total 64 140

Detailed Contents

1 Distributed DBMS(DDBMS ) -Concepts & Designing

1.1 Introduction

1.1.1 Concepts

1.1.2 Advantages & dis advantages of DDBMSs

1.1.3 Homogeneous & heterogeneous DDBMSs

1.2 Functions and architectures of a DDBMS

1.2.1 Functions of a DDBMS

1.2.2 Reference architecture for a DDBMS

1.2.3 Reference architecture for a federated MDBS

1.2.4 Component architecture for a DDBMS

1.3 Distributed relational database Design

1.3.1 Data allocation

1.3.2 Fragmentation

1.4 Transparencies in a DDBMS

1.4.1 Distribution transparency

1.4.2 Transaction transparency

1.4.3 Performance transparency

1.4.4 DBMS transparency

2 Replication and mobile database

2.1 Introduction to database replication

2.2 Benefits of database replication

2.3 Applications of replication

2.4 Basic components of database replication

2.5 database replication environment

2.5.1 Synchronous & Asynchronous replication

2.5.2 Data ownership

2.6 Replication servers

2.6.1 Replication server functionality

2.6.2 Implementation issues

2.7 Introduction to mobile databases

2.7.1 Mobile DBMS

3 Introduction to object DBMS

3.1 Advanced database application

3.2 Weakness of RDBMS

3.3 Objected oriented concepts

3.3.1 Abstraction, encapsulation & Information ID

3.3.2 Objects & Attributes

3.3.3 Object identity

3.3.4 Methods & messages

3.3.5 Classes

3.3.6 Subclasses, super classes & Inheritance

3.3.7 Overriding & overloading

3.3.8 Polymorphism & dynamic binding

3.3.9 Complex objects

3.4 Storing objects in a relational database

3.4.1 Mapping classes to relations

3.4.2 Accessing objects in the relational database

3.5 Object oriented database design

3.5.1 Comparison of object-oriented data modeling & conceptual data modeling

3.5.2 Relationships & referential integrity

3.5.3 Behavioral design

4 Object oriented DBMS Concepts

4.1 Introduction to Object oriented Data models & OODBMSs

4.1.1 Definition of objected oriented DBMSs

4.1.2 Functional data model

4.1.3 Persistence programming languages

4.1.4 Object oriented database system manifesto

4.2 Issues in OODBMS

4.2.1 Transactions

4.2.2 Versions

4.2.3 Schema evolution

4.2.4 Architecture

4.2.5 Benchmarking

4.3 Advantages & Disadvantages of OODBMS

4.3.1 Advantages

Dis-advantages

5 Web technology in DBMS

5.1 Introduction to the internet and web

5.1.1 Intranets & extranets

5.1.2 E-commerce & e-business

5.2 The Web

5.2.1 Hyper text transfer protocol

5.2.2 Hyper text markup languages

5.2.3 Uniform resource locators

5.2.4 Static & dynamic web pages

5.2.5 Webservers

5.2.6 Requirements for web DBMS integration

5.2.7 Advantages & disadvantages of the web DBMS approach

5.2.8 Approaches to integrating the web & DBMSs

6 Data warehousing concepts

6.1 Introduction to data warehousing

6.1.1 The evolution of data warehousing

6.1.2 Data warehousing concepts

6.1.3 Benefits of data warehousing

6.1.4 Problems of data warehousing

6.2 Data warehouse architecture

6.2.1 Operational data

6.2.2 Operational data store

6.2.3 Load manager

6.2.4 Warehouse manager

6.2.5 Query manager

6.2.6 Detailed data

6.2.7 Lightly & highly summarized data

6.2.8 Archive /backup data

6.2.9 Meta data

6.2.10 End-User access tools

6.3 Data warehouse data flows

6.3.1 Inflow

6.3.2 Up flow

6.3.3 Down flow

6.3.4 Out flow

6.3.5 Meta flow

6.4 data warehousing tools & technologies

6.4.1 Extraction, cleansing & transformation tools

6.4.2 Data warehouse DBMS

6.4.3 Data warehouse metadata

6.4.4 Administration & management tools

7 Data Mining

7.1 Introduction to Data mining

7.2 Data mining techniques

7.2.1 Predictive modeling

7.2.2 Data segmentation

7.2.3 Link analysis

7.2.4 Deviation detection

7.3 The data mining process

7.3.1 The CRISP-DM Model

7.4 Data mining tools

7.5 Data mining & data warehousing

Text book:

1. Database System , A practical approach to design, implementation & management .

4th edition, Thomas Connolly & Carolyn Begg , Pearson Publications ISBN-

9788131720257

Reference Book:


edition, Ramez Elmasri, Shamkan B.

Navathe, Pearson Education, ISBN- 9788131716250

Refer :

General Objectives:


1. Understand the concepts of Distributed DBMS(DDBMS ) & its Design

2. Appreciate the concepts of Replication and mobile database

3. Understand the concepts of object DBMS

4. Understand the concepts of Object oriented DBMS Concepts

5. Understand the concepts Web technology in DBMS

6. Understand the concepts of Data warehousing

7. Understand the concepts of Data Mining


1 Distributed DBMS(DDBMS ) -Concepts & Designing

Learn the concepts of DDBMS, advantages and disadvantages of DDBMS ,

Homogeneous & heterogeneous DDBMSs ,its Functions & architecture.

Learn the reference architecture for a DDBMS & federated MDBS, component

architecture for a DDBMS

Under stand the distributed relational database design , data location &

fragmentation

Learn about Transparencies in a DDBMS like Distribution transparency,

Transaction transparency, Performance transparency, DBMS transparency

2 Replication and mobile database

A brief knowledge of replication & mobile database

3 Introduction to object DBMS

Know about object DBMS & its application

4 Object oriented DBMS Concepts

Learn about objected oriented DBMS concepts

5 Web technology in DBMS

Chapter No: 1 (Page no:687-699,703-728) Chapter No: 2 (Page no:780-794)

Chapter No: 3 (Page no:803-828,830-836)

Chapter No: 4 (Page no:847-859, 871-885)

Chapter No: 5 (Page no:993-1011) Chapter No: 6 (Page no:1149-1171)

Chapter No: 7 (Page no:1233-1242)

Brief Knowledge of Internet and web.

Learn about HTTP, HTML, URL ,Static and Dynamic web pages& web

services

Know about requirement for web-DBMS Integration & its advantages and

disadvantages

6 Data warehousing concepts

Know about data warehousing concepts & benefits

7. Data Mining

7.1 Introduction to data mining & its techniques


Sixth Semester

Subject: Advanced Database Management System





Marks

Section – I


i.

ii.

iii

iv.

v.

b) Explain what is meant by a DDBMS & Discuss the motivation in

providing such a system 05

Section – II

2. a) Discuss the advantages & dis advantages of a DDBMS 10

b) What is the difference b/w homogenous & a heterogeneous DDBMS? 05

3. a) Explain component architecture for a DDBMS? 05

b) Explain the typical architecture for a mobile database environment 10

4. a) What are the benefits of database replication 05

b) List & Explain types of Replication 05

c) List some of the advanced database application 05

Section – III

5. a) Define each of the following concepts in the context of an object oriented

data model 10

i) Abstraction, Encapsulation & Information Hiding

ii) Object & Attributes

iii) Methods & Messages

iv) Classes

b) List some of the mandatory features proposed by the object oriented 05

database system manifesto

6. a) Discuss the any three issues in OODBMSs 10

b) Define the following 05

i)E-mail ii) Website iii) e- Commerce iv) e- business v) Ecosystem

7. a) What are the requirements for web-DBMS integration 05

b) List & Explain advantages & dis advantages of the web – DBMS approach 10

Section – IV

8. a) Define data warehousing & its concepts 07

b) What are the benefits of data warehousing 03

c) List the requirements for the data warehouse RDBMS 05

9. a) With a neat diagram explain the data warehouse architecture 10

b) Define data mining & specify the operations associated

With data mining techniques 05

10. a) List & explain data mining tools 08

b) Define CRISP-DM with its associated aims & tasks of each phase. 07

Govt. of Karnataka, Department of Technical Education Diploma in Information Science

Sixth Semester

Subject: Information Storage and Management


Table of Contents

Slno Chapters Hours Marks

1 Introduction to Information Storage and

Management

4 10

2 Direct-Attached Storage & Introduction

to SCSI

4 10

3 Storage System Environment 6 15

4 Data Protection: RAID 6 15

5 Intelligent Storage System 6 15

6 Storage Area Networks 8 20

7 Network-Attached Storage 6 15

8 Content Addressed Storage 4 10

9 Storage Virtualization 8 20

10 Backup and Recovery 6 15

Seminar, Guest Lectures and Industry

Innovation

3

Tests 3

64 140 + 5

Objectives

Details of Contents

1 Introduction to Information Storage and

Management

1.1 Information Storage

1.1.1 Data

1.1.2 Types of Data

1.1.3 Information

1.1.4 Storage

1.2 Evolution of Storage Technology and

Architecture

1.3 Data Center Infrastructure

1.3.1 Core Elements

1.3.2 Key Requirements for Data Center Elements

1.3.3 Managing Storage Infrastructure

1.4 Key Challenges in Managing Information

1.5 Information Lifecycle

1.5.1 Information Lifecycle Management

1.5.2 ILM Implementation

1.5.3 ILM Benefits

2 Direct-Attached Storage and Introduction

to SCSI

2.1 Types of DAS

2.1.1 Internal DAS

2.1.2 External DAS

2.2 DAS Benefits and Limitations

2.3 Disk Drive Interfaces

2.3.1 IDE/ATA

2.3.2 SATA

2.3.3 Parallel SCSI

2.4 Introduction to parallel SCSI

2.4.1 Evolution of SCSI

2.4.2 SCSI interfaces

2.4.3 SCSI -3 Architecture

2.4.4 Parallel SCSI Addressing

2.5 SCSI Command model

2.5.1 CDB Structure

2.5.2 Operation Code

2.5.3 Control Field

2.5.4 Status

3 Storage System Environment

3.1 Components of a Storage System Environment

3.1.1 Host

3.1.2 Connectivity

3.1.3 Storage

3.2 Disk Drive Components

3.2.1 Platter

3.2.2 Spindle

3.2.3 Read/Write Head

3.2.4 Actuator Arm Assembly

3.2.5 Controller

3.2.6 Physical Disk Structure

3.2.7 Zoned Bit Recording

3.2.8 Logical Block Addressing

3.3 Disk Drive Performance

3.3.1 Disk Service Time

3.4 Logical Components of the Host

3.4.1 Operating System

3.4.2 Device Driver

3.4.3 Volume Manager

3.4.4 File System

3.4.5 Application

4 Data Protection: RAID

4.1 Implementation of RAID

4.1.1 Software RAID

4.1.2 Hardware RAID

4.2 RAID Array Components

4.3 RAID Levels

4.3.1 Striping

4.3.2 Mirroring

4.3.3 Parity

4.3.4 RAID 0

4.3.5 RAID 1

4.3.6 Nested RAID

4.3.7 RAID 3

4.3.8 RAID 4

4.3.9 RAID 5

4.3.10 RAID 6

4.4 RAID Comparison

4.5 RAID Impact on Disk Performance

4.5.1 Application IOPS and RAID Configurations

4.6 Hot Spares

5 Intelligent Storage System

5.1 Components of an Intelligent Storage System

5.1.1 Front End

5.1.2 Cache

5.1.3 Back End

5.1.4 Physical Disk

5.2 Intelligent Storage Array

5.2.1 High-end Storage Systems

5.2.2 Midrange Storage System

6 Storage Area Networks

6.1 Fibre Channel: Overview

6.2 The SAN and Its Evolution

6.3 Components of SAN

6.3.1 Node Ports

6.3.2 Cabling

6.3.3 Interconnect Devices

6.3.4 Storage Arrays

6.3.5 SAN Management Software

6.4 FC Connectivity

6.4.1 Point-to-Point

64.2 Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop

6.4.3 Fibre Channel Switched Fabric

6.5 Fiber Channel Ports

6.6 Fibre Channel Architecture

6.6.1 Fibre Channel Protocol Stack

6.6.2 Fibre Channel Addressing

6.6.3 FC Frame

6.6.4 Structure and Organization of FC Data

6.6.5 Flow Control

6.6.6 Classes of Service

6.7 Zoning

6.8 Fibre Channel Login Types

6.9 FC Topologies

6.9.1 Core-Edge Fabric

6.9.2 Mesh Topology

7 Network-Attached Storage

7.1 1General-Purpose Servers vs. NAS Devices

7.2 Benefits of NAS

7.3 NAS File I/O

7.3.1 File Systems and Remote File Sharing

7.3.2 Accessing a File System

7.3.3 File Sharing

7.4 Components of NAS

7.5 NAS Implementations

7.5.1 Integrated NAS

7.5.2 Gateway NAS

7.5.3 Integrated NAS Connectivity

7.5.4 Gateway NAS Connectivity

7.6 NAS File-Sharing Protocols

7.6.1 NFS

7.6.2 CIFS

7.7 NAS I/O Operations

7.7.1 Hosting and Accessing Files on NAS

7.7.2 Factors Affecting NAS Performance and

Availability

8 Content Addressed Storage

8.1 Fixed Content and Archives

8.2 Types of Archives

8.3 Features and Benefits of CAS

8.4 CAS Architecture

8.5 Object Storage and Retrieval in CAS

8.6 CAS Example

8.6.1 Health Care Solution: Storing Patient Studies

9 Storage Virtualization

9.1 Forms of Virtualization

9.1.1 Memory Virtualization

9.1.2 Network Virtualization

9.1.3 Server Virtualization

Text book:

1. Information Storage and Management Storing, EMC education Servies, Wiley

India Edition, ISBN: 9788126521470

Reference

1. Storage Networks Explained, Ulf Tropan, Rainer Erkens, Wofgang Muller,

Wiley, ISBN: 9788126518326

9.1.4 Storage Virtualization

9.2 SNIA Storage Virtualization Taxonomy

9.3 Storage Virtualization Configurations

9.4 Storage Virtualization Challenges

9.4.1 Scalability

9.4.2 Functionality

9.4.3 Manageability

9.4.4 Support

9.5 Types of Storage Virtualization

9.5.1 Types of Storage Virtualization

9.5.2 Block-Level Storage Virtualization

9.5.3 File-Level Virtualization

10 Backup and Recovery

10.1 Backup Purpose

10.1.1 Disaster Recovery

10.1.2 Operational Backup

10.1.3 Archival

10.2 Backup Considerations

10.3 Backup Granularity

10.4 Recovery Considerations

10.5 Backup Methods

10.6 Backup Process

10.7 Backup and Restore Operations

10.8 Backup Topologies

10.8.1 Serverless Backup

10.9 Backup in NAS Environments

10.10 Backup Technologies

10.10.1 Backup to Tape

10.10.2 Physical Tape Library

10.10.3 Backup to Disk

10.10.4 Virtual Tape Library

General Objectives:

1. To Understand the Concept of Information Storage, Environment & Protection

2. To Know Direct Attached Storage & Intelligent Storage System

3. To Understand SAN with NAS & CAS

4. To Understand Storage Virtualization

5. To Know the Back up Recovery Technologies


1 Introduction to Information Storage and Management

Learn information storage types

Evolution storage technologies

What is the data center infrastructure

To learn Challenges information management and Life cycle

2 Direct-Attached Storage & Introduction to SCSI

Learn the Different types of DAS

Narrate benefits & limitations DAS

Classification of Disk Drive Interfaces

Learn parallel SCSI with its Types & Command model

3 Storage System Environment

Listing out Components of Storage System Environment

Elaborate Disk Drive Component

Learn the fundamentals Laws of governing Laws of Disk Performance

Illustrates logical components of the host

4 Data Protection: RAID

Learn implementation of RAID

Classification RAID Levels

RAID impact performance Analysis

5 Intelligent Storage System

Learn component of Intelligent Storage System

List the Intelligent Storage Array

6 Storage Area Networks

Learn SAN its Evolution

Learn Components of SAN

FC connectivity

Learn Fiber Channel Architecture

FC Topologies

7 Network-Attached Storage

General Purpose Server

Benefits of NAS

NAS file I/O

What are the Components of NAS

Different Types of NAS implementation

Types of NAS , File Sharing Protocols

I/O Operation of NAS

8 Content Addressed Storage

Learn the types of Archives

Learn features & Benefits of CAS

Architecture of CAS

Learn Object Storage & Retrieval in CAS

AN Example case Study on CAS

9 Storage Virtualization

Learn Different forms of Virtualization

Virtualization Taxonomy

Virtualization Configuration

Virtualization Challenges

Storage Virtualization Types

10 Backup and Recovery

Learn Purpose of Back up

Back up consideration & Granularity

Recovery consideration , methods & Process

Restore operation

Topologies of Back up

NAS Environment Back up

Learn Backup Technologies



Sixth Semester

Subject: Information Storage and Management





Section - I

1 a. Fill in the blanks

5x1=5

i.

ii.

iii.

iv.

v

b).Write a note on Key requirement for data center elements 5

Section – II

2. a).What are the characteristics of ILM? Explain. 5

b).What are the Benefits & limitation of DAS 5

c).Explain SCSI-3 Architecture 5

3 a). Write a note on the Physical component of Connectivity 5

b). What is meant by Zoned bit Recording? 5

c). How to measure the Disk Drive Performance? Explain 5

4 a). Explain the concept of mirroring in RAID 5

b). what is the significance of Parity in RAID ? 5

c). Explain how RAID 4 is different from RAID 3 5

Section-III

5 a). Explain the components of Intelligent storage System 10

b). Write a note on Mid range storage System 5

6 a). Define SAN. Explain its Evolution 5

b). Write a note on Fiber Channel Arbitrated loop 5

c). What is meant by Zoning ? Explain 5

7. a). Explain Fiber Channel Protocol Stack 10

b). What are the Benefits of NAS ? Explain 5

c). Compare NFS with CIFS 5

Section -IV

8. a). Explain the steps involved in hosting & accessing files on NAS 5

b). Explain CAS Architecture 10

9. a). Write a note on Server Virtualization 7

b). Explain file level Virtualization 8

10. a).Explain three Back up Topologies 10

b). Write a note on Virtual tape library 5


Diploma in Information Science

Sixth Semester

Subject: Mobile Computing


Table of Contents

SN Topic Hours Marks

1 Introduction 6 15

2. Mobile Computing Architecture 6 15

3. Mobile computing through telephony 2 5

4. Emerging Technologies 4 10

5. Global Systems for Mobile Communications (GSM) 4 10

6. Short Message Service

(SMS)

4 10

7. General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) 4 10

8. Wireless Application Protocol 6 15

9. CDMA & 3G 6 15

10. Wireless LAN 8 20

11. Intelligent Networks & Internet Working 2 5

12. Next Generation Networks 4 10

13. Seminars, Guest Lectures & other Industry Innovations 5 0

14. Tests 3 0

Total 64 140 + 5

Objectives

Detailed Contents

1 Introduction

1.1 Mobility of Bits & Bytes

1.1.1 The Convergence leading to ICT

1.2 Wireless- The Beginning

1.2.1 Evolution of Wireless Networks

1.2.2 Evolution of Wireless Data

1.2.3 Evolution of Wireless LAN

1.2.4 Evolution of Wireless PAN

1.3 Mobile Computing

1.3.1 Mobile Computing Functions

1.3.2 Mobile Computing Devices

1.4 Dialog Control

1.5 Networks

1.5.1 Wireline Network

1.5.2 Wireless Networks

1.5.3 Ad hoc Networks

1.5.4 Bearers

1.6 Middleware & Gateways

1.6.1 Communication Middleware

1.6.2 Transaction processing Middleware

1.6.3 Behaviour Management Middleware

1.6.4 Communication Behaviour

1.7 Applications And Services(Contents)

1.8 Developing Mobile computing Applications

1.8.1 New Mobile Applications

1.8.2 Making Legacy Application Mobile

1.9 Security Mobile Computing

1.10 Standards- Why are they necessary?

1.10.1 Who makes the standards?

1.11 Standard Bodies

1.12 Players in the Wireless Space

2 Mobile Computing Architecture

2.1 History Of Computers & Internet

2.2 Internet- The Ubiquitous Network

2.3 Architecture for Mobile Computing

2.4 3-Tier Architecture

2.4.1 Presentation (Tier-1)

2.4.2 Application (Tier-2)

2.4.3 Data (Tier-3)

2.5 Design Consideration for Mobile Computing(Page 41 only)

2.5.1 Client Context manager (Page 42-43 only)

2.5.2 Context Aware Systems

2.6 Mobile Computing Through Internet

2.7 Making Existing Applications Mobile Enabled

3 Mobile Computing Through Telephony

3.1 Evolution Of Telephony

3.2 Multiple Access Procedures

3.2.1 FDMA

3.2.2 TDMA variants

3.2.3 CDMA

3.2.4 SDMA

3.3 Satellite Communication Systems

3.3.1 Communicating Through Satellite

3.3.2 Low Orbit Satellite

3.3.3 Medium Orbit satellite

3.3.4 Geo Stationary Satellite

3.3.5 Satellite Phones

3.4 Mobile Computing through Telephone (Page No. 66 to 68

only)

3.5 Computer Supported Telecommunications Applications

4 Emerging Technologies

4.1 Introduction

4.2 Blue-Tooth

4.2.1 Blue-tooth Protocol

4.2.2 Blue-Tooth Protocol Stack

4.2.3 Blue-Tooth Security

4.2.4 Blue-Tooth Application Models

4.3 Radio-Frequency Identification(RFID)

4.3.1 Areas of Applications for RFID

4.4 Wireless Broadband (Page no 91 to 93 only)

4.4.1 Broadband Applications

4.5 Mobile IP

4.5.1 How does Mobile IP work?

5 Global System For Mobile Communications (GSM)

5.1 Introduction

5.2 GSM Architecture

5.3 GSM Entities (Page No. 119 & 120—Basics only)

6 Short Message Service (SMS)

6.1 Mobile Computing Over SMS

6.2 Short Message Service

6.2.1 Strength of SMS

6.2.2 SMS Architecture

6.3 Value Added Services Through SMS

6.3.1 VAS Examples

7 General Packet Radio Service (GPRS)

7.1 Introduction

7.2 GPRS Packet Data Network

7.2.1 Capacity & Other End User Aspects

7.2.2 Quality of Service (QoS)

7.2.3 Integral part of the future 3G Systems

7.3 GPRS Network Architecture

7.3.1 GPRS Network Enhancements

7.4 Applications for GPRS

7.4.1 Generic Applications

7.4.2 GPRS Specific Application

7.5 Limitations of GPRS

7.6 Billing & Charging in GPRS

7.6.1 Tariffing

7.6.2 Billing

8 Wireless Application Protocol (WAP)

8.1 Introduction

8.1.1 Evolution of Wireless Data and WAP

8.1.2 Networks for WAP

8.2 WAP

8.2.1 WAP Application Environment (WAE)

8.2.2 User Agent

8.2.3 User Agent Profile

8.2.4 Wireless Mark-up Language (WML)

8.2.5 WML Script

8.2.6 Wireless Telephony Application (WTA, WTAI)

8.2.7 WAP Push Architecture

8.2.8 The Push Frame Work

8.2.9 Wireless Session Protocol (WSP)

8.2.10 Wireless Transaction Protocol (WTP)

8.2.11 Wireless Transport Layer Security (WTLS)

8.2.12 Wireless Data Protocol (WDS)

8.2.13 WAP gateway

8.3 MMS

8.3.1 MMS Architecture

8.3.2 MMS Transaction Flows

8.3.3 SMIL (Synchronised Multimedia Integration Language)

8.3.4 MMS Interconnection, Inter Operability and roaming

8.3.5 MMS Device Management and Configuration

8.4 GPRS Applications

8.4.1 Digital Rights Management

8.4.2 OMA Digital Rights Management

9 CDMA and 3G

9.1 Introduction

9.1.1 How it started

9.2 Spread Spectrum Technology (upto Page 220)

9.3 CDMA Vs GSM

9.4 Wireless Data

9.4.1 Short Message Service (SMS)

9.5 Third Generation Networks

9.5.1 International Mobile Telecommunications - 2000

9.5.2 CDMA – 2000

9.5.3 UMTS / WCDMA

9.5.4 Fixed Wireless

9.6 Applications on 3G

9.6.1 3G Specific Applications

10 Wireless LAN

10.1 Introduction

10.2 Wireless LAN Advantages

10.2.1 Wireless LAN Evolution

10.2.2 Wireless LAN Applications

10.3 Mobile Adhoc networks and Sensor Networks

10.3.1 Wireless Sensor Networks

10.4 Wireless LAN Security

10.4.1 Limiting RF Transmission

10.4.2 Service Set Identifier (SSID)

10.4.3 MAC Address Access Control

10.4.4 Authentication Modes

10.4.5 WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy)

10.4.6 Possible Attacks

10.5 Wireless Local Loop

10.5.1 WLL Architecture

10.6 Hiper LAN

10.7 WiFi Versus 3G

11 Intelligent Networks and Interworking

11.1 Introduction

11.2 Fundamentals of Call Processing

11.3 Intelligence in the networks

11.3.1 Standards for Intelligent Networks

12 Next Generation Networks

12.1 All In One – The Converged Scenario

12.1.1 Convergence of Voice and Data

12.1.2 Convergence Wireline and Wireless

12.1.3 Convergence of Circuit Switching and Packet Switching

12.1.4 Convergence of IT and CT

12.1.5 Convergence of OSS and DSS

12.2 Narrow band to Broadband

12.2.1 DSL (Digital Subscriber Line) Broadband Networks

12.2.2 WiMAX Broadband Wireless Networks

12.2.3 High Speed Broadband Cellular Networks

12.2.4 WiBro

12.3 All IP and B3G Network

12.4 OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing)

12.5 FAMA / DAMA

12.6 Multi Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

12.7 Wireless Asynchronous Mode

12.8 Multimedia Broadcast Services

12.8.1 Digital Audio Broadcast (DAB)

12.8.2 Digital Video Broadcast

12.8.3 IP TV

12.8.4 Internet TV

12.9 Multiple Play

12.9.1 Triple Play

12.9.2 Quadruple Play

12.10 Future trends

12.10.1 3GPP Long Term Evolution

12.10.2 iBurst

Text Book:

1. Mobile Computing Technology,Applications & service creation---- Asoke K Talukder,

Hasan Ahmed, Roopa R Yavagal - Tata Mc Graw Hill ISBN: 139780070144576, ISBN:

100070144575

Reference Books:

1. Wireless & Mobile Networks Concepts & Protocols --- Dr. Sunilkumar S Manvi &

Mahabaleshwar S Kakkasageri ----Wiley Publish ISBN: 9788126520695

2. Mobile Communications 2nd

edition --- Jochen Schiller , pearson publish, ISBN:

9788177582635

General Objectives

1. To learn Mobile Computing Principles and Architecture

2. To understand Mobility Management, GSM, and GPRS networks

3. To know Short Message Service (SMS) technology, GPRS, WAP, CDMA, 3G

4. Understand Wireless LAN, WiFi, and WLL (Wireless Local Loop) Architecture

5. Learn Bluetooth, RFID, and Satellite Communications.

6. To Know Next Generation Networks (NGN)

Specific Objectives

1 Introduction

Know the various definitions and significance of terms and technologies

Understand the concept of How Mobile Computing help business to use

information

Discuss mobile computing functions and devices

Discuss the various types of networks used in mobile computing

Learn the Application Services

Understand the role of different standard bodies

2 Mobile Computing Architecture

Learn the general architecture of mobile computing

Briefly discuss various types of middle ware, their functions, roles

Briefly discuss client context manager and context aware systems

3 Mobile Computing Through Telephony

Learn the concepts behind telephony system

Understand how to access information using telephone as a client device

Learn how communication is established through satellites

4 Emerging Technologies

Learn the technolgies related to mobile computing : Bluetooh, RFID,

WiMAX,

Study basic concepts of how Mobile IP works

5 Global System For Mobile Communications (GSM)

Learn the basic concepts of Cellular Networks

Describe in brief GSM Architecture

6 Short Message Service (SMS)

Describe SMS Architecture

Learn value Added Services through SMS

7 General Packet Radio Service (GPRS)

Understand the GPRS Architecture and various elements of GPRS network

Discuss the difference between GSM and GPRS

Discuss the Limitations and Application of GPRS

8 Wireless Application Protocol (WAP)

Discuss the WAP and MMS technology

Describe WAP stack and WAP application environment

Know WML , WML script and Wireless Telephony Application Interface

Study WAP Push Architecture and MMS Architecture

Know the features of WTP, WTLS, WDP

Understand the need for SMIL

Learn GPRS Application

9 CDMA and 3G

Discuss spread spectrum technology

Compare CDMA Vs GSM

Learn the organisation of CDMA Protocol Stack

Comprehend Third generation Networks

Learn 3G applications

10 Wireless LAN

Learn the advantages and applications of WLAN

Understand Mobile Ad Hoc Networks and Sensor Networks

Learn Wireless LAN Security

Discuss Wireless Local Loop Architecture

Understand the concept of Hiper LAN

Compare WiFi Vs 3G

11 Intelligent Networks and Interworking

Understand the concept of Intelligent Networks

Know the standards of IN

12 Next Generation Networks

Learn how technologies of the past and future converge to NGN



Sixth Semester

Subject: Mobile Computing





Section - I


i.

ii.

iii.

iv.

v

b. Write a short note on IPTC and WiBro 5

Section – II

2. a) List the characteristic of a mobile computing environment 5

b) Discuss Wireless networks and Adhoc Networks 5

c) How would you broadly classify mobile computing applications 5

3 a) What are the different tiers in the 3 –tier architecture? Describe the functions 10

of these tiers.

b) Discuss mobile computing through internet 5

4 a) List the applications of FDMA, TDMA, CDMA and SDMA 5

b) What is WiMax? How is it different from WiFi 5

c) What is active and passive RFID? 5

Section-III

5 a) Explain GSM Architecture 10

b) List the strengths of SMS 5

6 a) Explain SM MO. 5

b) What is the difference between GSM and GPRS ? What are the network 10

elements in GPRS that are different from GSM

7. a) Discuss with respect to WAP i) WTP ii) WDP iii) WTLS 10

b) Describe MMS Architecture 5

Section -IV

8. a) What is Spread technology? 5

b) Difference between GSM and 3G 5

c) List the applications of 3G 5

9. a) What are the advantages and disadvantages of WLAN? 5

b) List WLAN applications 5

c) List types of Wireless LAN Architecture 5

10. a) Explain WLL Architecture 5

b) List the requirements of IN service 5

c) Explain All IP network characteristics 5


Sixth Semester

Subject: Network Security & Management


Table of Contents

SN Content Hours Marks

1 Introduction 2 5

2 Organizational Policy and Security 4 10

3 Security infrastructure 2 5

4 Cryptography 12 30

5 Hardware & Software Security 6 15

6 Intrusion Detection System 6 15

7 Network Security 12 30

8 Wireless Security 6 15

9 Security & law 2 5

10 Internet governance and electronics mail policy 4 10

Seminars, Guest Lectures, Industry Visit and other

Innovations 5

Tests 3

Total 64

140+5

Objectives

Detailed Contents

1 Introduction

1.1 Why Network Security is Needed

1.2 Management principles

1.3 Security principles

1.4 Network Management

1.5 Security Attacks

1.5.1 Denial-of-Service (DoS)

1.5.2 Information leakage

1.5.3 Regular file access

1.5.4 Misinformation

1.5.5 Special File/Database access

1.5.6 Remote arbitrary code execution

1.5.7 Elevation of Principles

1.6 Qualities of Good Network

1.7 Internet Standards and the Internet Society (Ref page 267 of reference text)

2 Organization Policy and Security

2.1 Security Polices, Standards and Guidelines

2.2 Information Policy

2.3 Security Policy

2.4 Physical Security

2.5 Social Engineering

2.6 Security procedures

2.7 Building a Security Plan

2.7.1 Elements of Security Plan

2.7.2 Network Security Planning

3 Security Infrastructure

3.1 Infrastructure Components

3.1.1 Network Category

3.1.2 Platform category

3.1.3 Physical Components

3.1.4 Process Category

3.2 Goals of Security Infrastructure

3.2.1 Data Confidentiality

3.2.2 Data Integrity

3.2.3 Data Availability

3.3 Design Guidelines

3.3.1 Authentication

3.3.2 Authorization

3.3.3 Accounting

3.3.4 Physical Access Controls

3.3.5 Logical Access Controls

4 Cryptography (Ref: Text 2)

4.1 Symmetric Encryption Principles

4.2 Symmetric Block Encryption Algorithms

4.3 Random and Pseudorandom Numbers

4.4 Stream Ciphers and RC4

4.5 Cipher Block Modes of Operation

4.6 Approaches to Message Authentication

4.7 Secure Hash Function

4.8 Message Authentication Codes

4.9 Public Key Cryptography Principles

4.10 Public-Key Cryptography Algorithms

4.11 Digital Signatures

5 Hardware and Software Security

5.1 Hardware Security

5.2 Smart Cards

5.3 Biometrics

5.4 Virtual Private Networks

5.4.1 Types of VPN’s

5.5 Trusted Operating Systems

5.6 Pretty Good Privacy (PGP)

5.7 Security Protocols

5.7.1 Security Socket Layer

5.7.2 Transport Layer Security

5.7.3 IPSec

5.7.4 S/MIME(Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension)

6 Intrusion Detection System

6.1 What is not an IDS?

6.2 Infrastructure of IDS

6.3 Classification of IDS

6.4 Host-based IDS

6.5 Network based IDS

6.6 Anomaly Vs Signature Detection

6.6.1 Normal Behavior Patterns-Anomaly Detection

6.6.2 Misbehavior Signatures-Signature Detection

6.3.3 Parameter Pattern Matching

6.7 Manage an IDS

7 Network Security

7.1 Fundamental Concepts

7.1.1 Objectives

Assets

Threats

Vulnerability

Safe Guards

Attack

7.2 Identification and Authentication

7.2.1 Proof by knowledge

Proof by Possession

Proof by Property

Strong Authentication

7.3 Access Control.

7.3.1 Identity - Based Policies

Rule based Policy

Security Requirements

Mandatory Access Control

Discretionary Access Control

Labeling

Auditing

Convert Channel Analysis

7.4 A model of Network Security

7.4.1 General Vulnerabilities

Attacks on Internet Protocol

Attacks on Internet Service

7.5 Malicious Software

7.5.1 Safeguards

7.6 Firewalls

7.6.1 Packet-Filtering Firewalls

Stateful Inspection Firewalls

Proxy firewalls

Guard

Personal Firewalls

Limitations of Firewalls

8 Wireless Security

8.1 Wireless Application Protocol

8.2 WAP Security

8.2.1 Authentication

8.2.2 Integrity

Confidentiality

8.3 Security Issues with Wireless Transport Layer Security (WTLS)

8.4 Wireless LAN

8.4.1 WLAN Configuration

WLAN Technology consideration

8.5 Wireless LAN Security

8.5.1 Access Point Security

8.5.2 Work Station Security

8.5.3 Safeguarding Wireless LAN’s

9 Security and Law

9.1 Regulations in India

9.2 Information Technology Act, 2000

9.2.1 Cyber Crime and the IT Act, 2000

9.3 Indian Contract Ac, 1872

9.4 Indian Penal Code

9.5 Indian Copyright Act

9.6 Consumer Protection Act, 1986

9.7 Specific Relief Act, 1963

9.8 Government Initiatives

9.9 Future Trends-Law of Convergence

10 Internet Governance and Electronic Mail Policy

10.1 Internet Governance

10.1.1 The Infrastructure and Standardization

Legal

Economic

Development

10.2 Network Security Aspects in E-Governance

10.2.1 Why Securing E-Governance

Security Measures and Threats

10.3 Security Monitoring Tools

10.3.1 Vulnerability Assessment

Security Policy Development

Wireless Network Analysis

Successful Identify Authentication

10.4 Electronic Mail

10.4.1 Electronic Mailboxes and Addresses

Mail Transfer

How does E-mail work?

Internet Mail Protocols

10.5 What are the E-mail Threats that Organization’s Face?

Legal Liability

Confidentiality Breaches

Damage to Reputation

Loss of Productivity

Network Congestion and Down Time

Email Retrieval on Court Order

10.6 Why do you Need an E-mail Policy?

10.7 How do you Create E-mail Polciy?

10.7.1 E-mail Risks

Best Practices

Personal usage

Wastage of Resources

Prohibited Content

Documentation Retention Policy

Treatment of Confidential Data

E-mail Monitoring

10.8 Publishing the E-mail Policy

10.9 University E-mail Policy

10.9.1 Purpose and Scope

Specific Provisions

Campus Responsibilities and Discretion

Text Books:

1. Network Security and Management,2nd

edition, Brijendra Sing, PHI, ISBN:

9788120339101 (Chap: 1,2,3,5,6,7,8,9,10)

2. Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards, 3/e, William Stallings,

Pearson, ISBN: 9788131716649 (Chap 4)

Reference:

1. Network Security Bible, 2nd

edition, Eric Cole, Wiley Publisher, ISBN: 9788126523313

General Objectives:


1. Knows the concepts & basic vocabulary of network security, organization policy &

security infrastructures .

2. Knows the various cryptographic algorithms & protocols along with hardware &

software security

3. Knows how intursion detection systems works

4. Knows about WAP security & security issues with WTLS

5. Knows about the laws involved in security and polices


1 Introduction

Need for network security

Learn the management and security principles

Learn the various security attacks

Learn the qualities of a good network

2 Organization policy & security

learn the various policies and standard

Design a security plan

3 Security Infrastructures

Learn about the infrastructure components & category

http://www.pearsoned.co.in/web/authors/582/William_Stallings.aspx

Learn the goals of security

Design guidelines for providing security

4 Cryptography

Learn the various terminologies used in cryptography

Know the various encryption methods & how they work

Learn various methods used in secret key cryptography, secret key

cryptography, Hashing, public key cryptography and digital signatures

5 Hardware and Software security

Learn how to provide a secure System

Comprehend Hardware security features

Learn the various Hardware security devices

Learn the types of VPNs

Learn the feature required for having a trusted OS

Learn PGP

Learn the various Protocols

6 Intrusion and Detection System

Learn to differentiate between what is not an IDS and IDS

Learn the infrastructure of IDS

Learn the classification of IDS

Learn about various IDS

Disingvish between Anomaly and signature detection

Learn the classification of detection

7 Network Security

Learn the fundamental concepts of security

Learn to identify and aunthenticate

Learn the ways of Aunthenticated user identity

Learn the policy involved in access control

Learn security requirement

Learn the model for network security

Learn the general vulnerabilities

Comprehend the attacks on internet protocol and internet services

Know the catagories of malicious softwares

Understand concepts of firwalls and their types

8 Wireless security

Learn about WAP

Learn the goals of WAP security

Learn the security issues WTLS

Learn wireless network architecture and various configuration

Learn to use the technology concern to WLAN and its security

9 Security and Law

Learn the regulation made by india

Learn the IT act Contract act , Copy right act, protection act and relief act

Comprehend the initiatives taken by GOVT

10 Internet Governance and Electronic Mail policy

Learn the various network security acpects in E governance

Learn security monitoring tools

Understand how E mail works

Learn the various internet Mail protocol

Learn the E mail Threads and an organastion faces

Comprehend the need for E mail policy

Learn to create and publish Email policy



Sixth Semester

Subject: Network Security and Management





Marks

Section – I


i.

ii.

iii

iv.

v.

b) Describe the Trusted OS 5

Section – II

2. a) Why network security is needed and How to maintain 5

b). Explain Information policy and their Classification 10

3. a) Explain the Goals of security infrastructure 5

b) With a neat diagram explain Feistel Cipher Structure and its design elements 10

4. a) What are the requirements of Hash function 5

b) Explain RSA algorithm with example 10

Section – III

5. a) Write a short note MD5 message digest 5

b) Explain the various hardware securities 10

6. a) Explain pretty good privacy 5

b) Describe the classification of IDS 10

7. a) Write a note on Signature detection 5

b) Explain pocket filtering Firewall 10

Section – IV

8. a) Explain limitation of Firewall 5

b) Explain the model for Network security 10

9. a) What is access point? Explain access point security 5

b) Explain several ways to configure WLAN 10

10. a) Explain indian copy right act 5

b) Explain how to publish an E mail policy for an organization 10


Sixth Semester

Subject: Software Testing


Table of Contents


1 Introduction 2 5

2 Fundamentals of testing 10 25

3 Testing levels and types 10 25

4 Static testing techniques 10 25

5 Dynamic testing and test case

design techniques

10 25

6 Managing the testing process 8 20

7 Software testing tools 4 10

8 Code of ethics for software

professionals

2 5

Seminars, Guest Lectures and

other innovation interactions 5

Tests 3

Total

64 140+5

(Objective Type)

Detailed Contents

1 Introduction

1.1 Power of software

1.2 Challenges in software projects

1.3 Software Fiascos

1.3.1 Ariane 5

1.3.2 Patriot Missile

1.3.3 Mars Pathfinder

1.3.4 CT Scanner

1.3.5 The great bank robbery

1.3.6 FBI Virtual case file

1.4 Reasons for software failure

1.5 What is the solution?

1.5.1 Software Quality Assurance

1.5.2 Software Testing

1.5.3 Code of Ethics

1.6 Software Testing Professionals

1.6.1 Skill sets for Testing Professionals

1.6.2 Tasks handled by Testing Professionals

2 Fundamentals of Testing

2.1 What is Testing?

2.1.1 Testing versus Debugging

2.1.2 Testing and Bebugging

2.1.3 Verification and Validation

2.1.4 Root Cause Analysis

2.2 Significance of Testing

2.2.1 Cost of Quality

2.3 Psychology of Testing

2.4 Testing Choices

2.4.1 In-house Testing

2.4.2 Outsourcing

2.5 Who does the testing?

2.5.1 Developers as Testers

2.5.2 Independent team Testing

2.5.3 Buddy Testing

2.6 Testing Phases

2.6.1 V Model

2.6.2 Testing and Life cycle models

2.7 Testing the Systems

2.8 Testing the Strategies

2.8.1 Static Testing

2.8.2 Dynamic Testing

2.8.3 Why testing is difficult?

2.8.4 Test Case

2.8.5 Test Oracle

2.8.6 Test Software

2.8.7 Manual versus Automated Testing

2.8.8 Testing Software of different Technologies

2.9 Metrics in Testing Phase

2.10 When Testing is Complete?

2.10.1 Criteria for Completion of Testing

2.11 Risk-based Testing

2.11.1 Types of risks

2.12 The Myths and Realities of Testing

3 Testing Levels and Types

3.1 Testing Levels

3.1.1 Unit/Component Testing

3.1.2 Module Testing

3.1.3 Integration Testing

3.1.4 System Testing

3.1.5 Acceptance Testing

3.2 Testing Approaches

3.2.1 Static Testing vs Dynamic Testing

3.2.2 Positive Testing vs Negative Testing

3.2.3 Top-down Testing vs Bottom-up Testing

3.2.4 Functional Testing vs Structural Testing

3.2.5 Mutation Testing

3.2.6 Confirmation Testing

3.2.7 Regression Testing

3.3 Types of Testing

3.3.1 Smoke Testing

3.3.2 Black Box Testing

3.3.3 White Box Testing

3.3.4 Interface Testing

3.3.5 Use Case Testing

3.3.6 Gorilla Testing

3.3.7 Alpha Testing

3.3.8 Beta Testing

3.3.9 Field Trail / Operational Testing

3.3.10 Performance Testing / Load Testing

3.3.11 Stress Testing

3.3.12 Accessibility Testing

3.3.13 Conformance Testing

3.3.14 Internationalization Testing

3.3.15 Security Testing

3.3.16 Maintenance Testing

3.3.17 Acceptance Testing

3.3.18 Documentation Testing

4 Static Testing Techniques

4.1 Static Testing

4.1.1 Advantages of Static Testing

4.2 Manual Reviews

4.2.1 Formal Review Process

4.2.2 Informal Reviews

4.2.3 Walkthroughs

4.2.4 Inspections

4.2.5 Making Reviews Successful

4.2.6 Checklists

4.3 Formal Code Reviews

4.3.1 Coding Guidelines

4.3.2 Programming style

4.3.3 C Coding Guidelines

4.3.4 Code Optimization

4.3.5 Java Coding Guidelines

4.4 Static Analysis using Tools

4.4.1 Tool for Readability Improvement / Indenting

4.4.2 Portability Testing Tool

4.4.3 Symbolic Execution

5 Dynamic Testing and Test case design

Techniques

5.1 Dynamic Testing

5.2 Review work products

5.3 Identify Test Objectives

5.4 Test Specifications and Test Design

5.5 Design Test Cases

5.5.1 Black Box Test Case Design Techniques

5.5.2 White Box Test Case Design Techniques

5.5.3 Experience-based Test Case Design Techniques

5.5.4 Case Study #1 : Test Cases for an IVR System

5.5.5 Case Study #2 : Test Case for Finger Print

Recognition System

5.6 Document Test Cases

5.7 Execute Test Cases

5.8 Generate Incident Report / Anomaly Report

5.9 Log the Defects

5.10 Test Documentation Standards

5.11 Formal Methods of Testing

6 Managing the Testing Process

6.1 Management Commitment

6.1.1 Organization Structure

6.2 Testing Process management

6.2.1 Options for Managers

6.2.2 Testing Process Management Activities

6.3 Planning, Budgeting and Scheduling the Testing

Phase

6.3.1 Test Plan

6.4 Alignment of the Process to the Project

6.5 Team Formation

6.6 Infrastructure

6.6.1 Testing Tools

6.7 Reviewing, Monitoring and Risk Management

6.7.1 Risk Management

6.7.2 Test Reports

6.8 Metrics

6.8.1 Software Reliability

6.9 Defect tracking

6.9.1 Classification of Defects

6.10 Configuration Management

6.11 Test Closure and Process Improvement

6.11.1 Software testing Maturity Model (SW-TMM)

6.12 Information Security

7 Software Testing Tools

7.1 Need for Tools

7.2 Classification of Tools

7.2.1 Functional / Regression Testing Tools

7.2.2 Performance / Load Testing Tools

7.2.3 Testing Process Management Tools

7.3 Benefits of Tools

7.4 Risks Associated with the Tools

7.5 Does your Organization Need Tools?

7.6 Selecting Tools

7.7 Introducing the tools in the Testing Process

8 Code of Ethics for Software Professionals

8.1 Human Ethics

8.2 Professional Ethics

8.3 Ethical Issues in Software Engineering

8.4 Code of Ethics and Professional Practice

8.4.1 Software Engineering Code of Ethics and

Professional Practice

8.5 Ethical issues: Right versus Wrong

Text book:

ISTQB Certification Study Guide, Dr. K.V.K.K. Prasad, Wiley-Dreamtech Press, ISBN:

9788177227116

Reference Books:

1. Software Testing Principles and Practices, Srinivasn desikan, Goplaswamy Ramesh,

Pearson, ISBN: 9788177581218

2. Software Testing Tools, Dr. K.V.K.K. Prasad, Wiley- Dreamtech Press, ISBN 10:

8177225324

ISBN 13: 9788177225327

3. Software Testing Concepts and Tools, Nageshwara Rao Pusuluri, DreamTech, ISBN

10: 8177227122 ISBN 13: 9788177227123

General Objectives:


1. Importance of developing quality software and how software testing helps in

achieving this goal.

2. Foundations of software testing, important concepts and the testing process

3. Understand Testing levels and testing methods

4. Study Static testing – how to carry out testing without executing the code

5. Learn about dynamic testing and Test case design techniques. How to do the testing

after executing the program and how to design test cases with examples

6. Know the details of Managing the testing Process

7. Know the need for testing tools and how to select a tool.

Specific Objectives

1 Introduction

Importance of software

The challenges in Software development

The software fiascos

Reasons for software failures

How to avoid software failures?

Testing professional’s role

Skills required for testing professionals

2 Fundamentals of testing

What is testing?

Psychology of testing

When to test and where to test?

How to test?

Test case and test oracles

Metrics in testing phases

Criteria for completion of testing

Myths and realities of testing

3 Testing Levels and Types

Levels of Testing

Testing approaches

Types of testing

4 Static Testing Techniques

What is static testing?

Advantages of static testing

Difference between static testing and dynamic testing

Review mechanisms and formal review process

Checklists

Static code review and coding guidelines for C and Java

5 Dynamic Testing and Test case design Techniques

Dynamic testing methodology

Test specifications and test design

Techniques for test case design

Test case documentation

Test case execution and incident reporting

Defect logs

6 Managing the Testing Process

Testing process management activities

Project planning, budgeting and scheduling

Testing team formation

Reviews and monitoring of projects

Risk management

Metrics in testing phase

Defect racking

Configuration management

Testing process improvement

Testing standards and information security testing

7 Software Testing Tools

Appreciate the need for automated testing tools

Understand the requirements of testing tools

Get to know the various categories of testing tools and their functionality

Learn how to select a testing tool

Learn the process of introducing the tools in an organization

8 Code of Ethics for Software Professionals

What is Professional ethics?

Ethical issues for software professionals

Code of ethics and professional practices for software professionals



Sixth Semester

Subject: Software Testing





Section - I


i.

ii.

iii.

iv.

v

b. Write a short note on challenges in software projects 5

Section – II

2. a).. What is the significance of testing? Explain 5

b).Explain the strategy of developers as a Tester 5

c).Write a note on V model 5

3 a).Differentiate static v/s Dynamic Testing 5

b). What is a Test case? Explain the concept of Testing Process using test case 5

c). What is the significance of Mutation Testing ? 5

4 a). Describe the different levels of Testing 10

b). Compare Top down v/s Bottom up Testing 5

Section-III

5 a). Write a note on Beta Testing 5

b). Explain The different Check list in Static Testing 10

6 a). Write a note on formal review process 5

b). Explain the concept of Code optimization 5

c). What are the Guidelines for Programming style? 5

7. a). Write a note on Boundary value Analysis 5

b). Compare Structural Testing at Module level v/s System level 5

Section -IV

8. a).Write a note on Cost effect Analysis 5

b). Explain Equivalence Partitioning 5

c) Write a note on Formal method of Testing 5

9. a). Classify the testing tools 5

b). Writer a note on Software Reliability 5

c). Explain Configuration management 5

10. a).Explain the different classes of Testing Tools 10

b). Write a note on Ethical issues in Software engineering 5


Sixth Semester

Subject: PL/SQL Lab


1 Write a PL/SQL code to create an employee database with the tables and fields

specified as below.

a) Employee

b) Works

c) Company

d) Manages

Note: Primary keys are underlined.

Emp_no Employee_name Street City

Emp_no Company_name Joining_date Designation Salary

Emp_no City

Emp_no Manager_name Mang_no

2 Write a PL/SQL code to create an student database with the tables and fields

specified as below.

a) Student

b) Student_personal

c) Student_enrollment

Roll_no Student_name Course Gender

Roll_no DOB Father_name Address Place

Roll_no Course Course_code Sem Total_marks Percentage

3 Write a PL/SQL code to retrieve the employee name, join_date, and designation from employee database of an employee whose number is input

by the user.

4 Write a PL/SQL code to show TABLE type of data(Array)

5 Write a PL/SQL code to calculate tax for an employee of an organization –

XYZ and to display his/her name & tax, by creating a table under employee

database as below.

a) Employee_salary

.

Emp_no Basic HRA DA Total_deduction Net_salary Gross_salary

6 Write a PL/SQL code to calculate total and percentage of marks of the

students in four subjects.

7 Write a PL/SQL code to calculate the total and the percentage of marks of the

students in four subjects from the table- Student with the schema given below.

STUDENT ( RNO , S1 , S2, S3, S4, total, percentage)

8 Write a PL/SQL code to display employee number, name and basic of 5

highest paid employees.

9 Write a PL/SQL code to calculate the total salary of first n records of emp

table. The value of n is passed to cursor as parameter.

10 Write a PL/SQL code to update the salary of employees who earn less than the

average salary.

11 Write a row trigger to insert the existing values of the salary table in to a new

table when the salary table is updated.

12 Write a trigger on the employee table which shows the old values and new

values of Ename after any updations on ename on Employee table.

13 Writ a PL/SQL procedure to find the number of students ranging from 100-

70%, 69-60%, 59-50% & below 49% in each course from the student_course

table given by the procedure as parameter.

14 Create a store function that accepts 2 numbers and returns the addition of

passed values. Also write the code to call your function.

15 Write a PL/SQL function that accepts department number and returns the total

salary of the department. Also write a function to call the function.

16 Write a PL/SQL code to create,

a) Package specification

b) Package body.

For the insert, retrieve, update and delete operations on a student table.

Text:

Database Management Systems, A Practical approach By- Er. Rajiv Chopra,

S.Chand Publications, ISBN : 8121932459.

Reference:

Oracle PL/SQL Programming, In Simple Steps, By- Kogent Solutions INc.,

Wiley Dreamtech Publications, ISBN: 8177228552

Scheme of Valuation

1 Record 05

2 Writing two programs

2x15

30

4 Execution of one program 40

5 Result 05

6 Viva Voce 20

Total 100

TASKS RESOURCE NEEDED

I

FORT

NIGH

T

II

FORT

NIGH

T

III

FORT

NIGH

T

IV

FORT

NIGH

T

V

FORT

NIGH

T

VI

FORT

NIGH

T

VII

FORT

NIGH

T

VIII

FORT

NIGH

T

VACA

TION

IX

FORT

NIGH

T

X

FORT

NIGH

T

XI

FORT

NIGH

T

XII

FORT

NIGH

T

XIII

FORT

NIGH

T

XIV

FORT

NIGH

T

XV

FORT

NIGH

T

XVI

FORT

NIGH

T

Literature survey for project

Internet / library /

industry / Research

Centres

Finalisation of the Area in which

the project has to be done Internet / library /

industry

Finding out Facility to do the

project

Laboratory /

Industry/ Project

Sites

Collecting Data / Doing

experiments / writing of code

Laboratory /

Industry/ Project

Sites

Analysis of Data Using relevent

software

Results and Fine tuning the

experiment using the Data

Analysis

Laboratory /

Industry/ Project

Sites

Report writing

Submission of Project Report and

Viva voce

PROJECT WORK - SCHEDULING

Department of Technical Education, Karnataka DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION SCIENCE & ENGINEERING

FIFTH & SIXTH SEMESTER

(Final end examination will be in Sixth Semester)

SUBJECT: PROJECT WORK I & II

Contact Hrs/Week: 3 Hrs. Contact Hrs: 48 Hrs + 48 Hrs

Project Work – I

First Phase

GUIDELINES FOR PROJECT FORMULATION

The project work constitutes a major component in most of the professional programmes and it

is to be carried out with due care and should be executed with seriousness by the candidates.

TYPE OF PROJECT

As majority of the students are expected to work out a real life project in some industry/research

and development laboratories/educational institutions/software companies, it is suggested that

the project is to be chosen which should have some direct relevance in day-to-day activities of

the candidates in his/her institution. Students are encouraged to work in the areas listed at the

end. However, it is not mandatory for a student to work on a real life project. The student can

formulate a project problem with the help of Guide.

PROJECT PROPOSAL (SYNOPSIS)

The project proposal should be prepared in consultation with your guide. The project

proposal should clearly state the project objectives and the environment of the proposed project

to be undertaken. The project work should compulsorily include the software development.

The project proposal should contain complete details in the following form:

1. Title of the Project.

2. Introduction and Objectives of the Project.

3. Project Category (DBMS/OOPS/Networking/Multimedia/Artificial Intelligence/Expert

Systems etc.).

4. Tools / Platform, Hardware and Software Requirement specifications.

5. Analysis (DFDs at least up to second level , ER Diagrams/ Class Diagrams/ Database

Design etc. as per the project requirements).

6. A complete structure which includes:

Number of modules and their description to provide an estimation of the student‟s effort on the project.

Data Structures as per the project requirements for all the modules.

Process logic of each module.

Testing process to be used.

Reports generation ( Mention tentative content of report).

7. Are you doing this project for any Industry/Client? Mention Yes/No. If Yes, Mention the

Name and Address of the Industry or Client.

8. Future scope and further enhancement of the project. Also mention limitation of the project.

PROJECT PROPOSAL SUBMISSION AND APPROVAL

After finalizing the topic and the selection of the guide, students should be submit the Project

Proposal to the HOD along with the synopsis and bio-data of the guide. Incomplete project

proposals in any respect will be immediately rejected.

FORMAT OF LOG SHEETS (To be verified during IA verification)

To be filled As per Project work Schedule given in the spread sheet

Sl.No. Date Task Progress of Task Initials of staff in charge Evaluation

(10 Marks

I A Marks:


1 Log record 05

2 Synopsis 10

3 Presentation 10

Total 25

PHASE - II

PROJECT REPORT FORMULATION

Items To Be Included In The Project Report

The following items should be included in the Project Report:

1. The project report must contain the following:

Introduction

Objectives

Tools/Environment Used

Analysis Document (This should include SRS in proper structure based on Software Engineering concepts, E-R diagrams/Class diagrams/any related diagrams (if the

former are not applicable), Data flow diagrams/other similar diagrams (if the former

is not applicable), Data dictionary)

Design Document (Modularization details, Data integrity & constraints including database design, Procedural design, User interface design)

Program code (Complete code (well indented)/Detailed specification instead of

code*, Comments & Description. The program code should always be developed in

such a way that it includes complete error handling, passing of parameters as

required, placement of procedure/function statements as needed.)

Testing (Test case designs are to be included separately for Unit testing, Integration testing, System testing; Reports of the outcome of Unit testing, Integration testing,

System testing are to be included separately. Also, details of debugging and code

improvement are to be included.)

Input and Output Screens

Implementation of Security for the Software developed (In case, you have set up a

User Name and Password for your software, you should ensure the security of User

Name and Password during transmission to server)

Limitations of the Project

Future Application of the Project

Bibliography

1. Project reports should be typed neatly in Times New Roman letters with font size 14 for titles

and 12 for text on both sides of the paper with 1.5 line spacing on a A4 size paper (210 x

297 mm). The margins should be: Left - 1.5", Right - 1", Top and Bottom - 0.75".

2. The total number of reports (Soft bound) to be prepared are

One copy to the department library

One copy to the concerned guide(s)

One copy to the candidate.

3. Before taking the final printout, the approval of the concerned guide(s) is mandatory and

suggested corrections, if any, must be incorporated.

4. Every copy of the report must contain

Inner title page (White)

Outer title page with a plastic cover

Candidate declaration and Certificate in the format enclosed both from the institution

and the organization where the project is carried out.

An abstract (synopsis) not exceeding 100 words, indicating salient features of the work.

5. The organization of the report should be as follows

1. Inner title page

2. Abstract or Synopsis

3. Acknowledgments

4. Table of Contents

5. List of table & figures (optional)

Usually numbered in

roman

Chapters (to be numbered in Arabic) containing Introduction-, which usually specifies

the scope of work and its importance and relation to previous work and the present

developments, Main body of the report divided appropriately into chapters, sections and

subsections.

The chapters, sections and subsections may be numbered in the decimal form for e.g.

Chapter 2, sections as 2.1, 2.2 etc., and subsections as 2.2.3, 2.5.1 etc.

The chapter must be left or right justified (font size 16). Followed by the title of

chapter centered (font size 18), section/subsection numbers along with their headings must

be left justified with section number and its heading in font size 16 and subsection and its

heading in font size 14. The body or the text of the report should have font size 12.

The figures and tables must be numbered chapter wise

The last chapter should contain the summary of the work carried, contributions if any,

their utility along with the scope for further work.

Reference and Bibliography: The references should be numbered serially in the order

of their occurrence in the text and their numbers should be indicated within square brackets for

e.g. [3]. The section on references should list them in serial order in the following format.

1. For textbooks –R S Khandpur, Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, 2nd

Edition, McGraw Hill.

2. For papers – Y.Javadi and I. Sattari, Welding distortion in pipes, Journal of pressure

vessels and piping, Vol 85, Aug 2008, pp 337-343

Separator sheets, used if any, between chapters, should be of thin paper

SOFTWARE TOOLS:

Only Open Source Software‟s Should Be Used to Carry out the Project Code in Project Phase –

II

FORMAT OF LOG SHEETS (To be verified during IA verification and bounded with the

project synopsis)

To be filled as per Project Work Schedule given in the spread sheet

Sl.No. Date Task Progress of Task Initials of staff

in charge

Evaluation

(10 Marks

I A Marks:


1 Log record 05

2 Synopsis 10

3 Presentation 10

Total 25

END EXAM PROJECT WORK – II EVALUATION

1 Report 25

2 Presentation 25

3 Demonstration 25

4 Viva-Voce 25

TOTAL 100


A separate lab dedicated to CASP and Project work should be established

CANDIDATE’S DECLARATION

I, ------------------------------------------ the student of Diploma in -----------------------------

Department bearing Reg No---------------------------------------of ---------------------------------------

------- hereby declare that I own full responsibility for the information, results and conclusions

provided in this project work titled “------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------- “submitted to Board of Technical Examinations, Government of Karnataka for

the award of Diploma in ______________________

To the best of my knowledge, this project work has not been submitted in part or full

elsewhere in any other institution/organization for the award of any certificate/diploma/degree. I

have completely taken care in acknowledging the contribution of others in this academic work. I

further declare that in case of any violation of intellectual property rights and particulars

declared, found at any stage, I, as the candidate will be solely responsible for the same.

Date:

Place: Signature of candidate

Name: --------------------

Reg No-------------------


NAME OF THE INSTITUTION

Address with pin code

Department of ……………………………………………………..

Year _________

CERTIFICATE

Certified that this project report entitled “ --------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------” which is being

submitted by Mr./Ms. ………………………….……………….., Reg. No…..……………, a bonafide

student of …………………………………….in partial fulfillment for the award of Diploma in

________ Engineering during the year ……………………... is record of students own work carried

out under my/our guidance. It is certified that all corrections/suggestions indicated for internal

Assessment have been incorporated in the Report and one copy of it being deposited in the polytechnic

library.

The project report has been approved as it satisfies the academic requirements in respect of

Project work prescribed for the said diploma.

It is further understood that by this certificate the undersigned do not endorse or approve

any statement made, opinion expressed or conclusion drawn there in but approve the project

only for the purpose for which it is submitted.

Guide(s) Head of Department Principal

Name and signature

Examiners

1. 2 .


A separate lab should be established and dedicated to carry out project work for the students.

SN Item Qty

1 Computers with latest configuration 20


3 I/O boxes 20

4 Structured Networking For all systems

5 Internet Connection For all 20 systems

6 Software‟s As required

ROADMAP FOR PROJECT GUIDES

1. The project work is proposed to be carried out during the V and VI semesters so that

learners prepare during the V semester, do some field work based on the preparation

during the mid semester vacation and report the analysis and inferences during the VI

semester.

2. The learners would reach a level of maturity by the time they reach V semester and so a

meaningful project lasting for a year can be executed by them.

3. To execute the project with involvement needs constant guidance and monitoring of the

progress of the learners by the guide.

4. This does not mean teacher has to advice learners.

5. Be confident about the ability of the learner and “intellectually provoke” them with

challenging questions. These questions should prompt the learners to search information

and update themselves (to be carried out during the first two weeks).

6. Do not feed information to learners. Instead crate a „cognitive dissonance‟ (a

challenging question or situation that the learner is not able to find an immediate answer

but feels the need to search for information to find a solution).

7. Defer judgement on learners and give them identified sources if required like a journal

article, book or a web site.

8. Even if the learners report their inability to solve do NOT give or prescribe a solution.

9. Be patient and give time for the learner to construct his knowledge.

10. Give corrective feedback to the learner by challenging his solutions so that his logic is

questioned and it develops further.

11. This leads to the first activity viz., literature survey and conceiving a project.

12. During this phase meet the project team in a group and create a healthy competition

among the learners to search different sources and synthesise their findings in the group.

13. Aim for bringing out a workable innovative project conceived within the first eight

weeks as given in the schedule attached.

14. During these two phases and the third phase the teacher should assess the strengths and

weakness of the members of the group and allocate differential work to team members

on the remaining tasks to be carried out during the next thirty weeks.

15. This is to ensure active participation of all the members of the team.

16. By the end of the twelfth week finalise the project and a schedule of further activities for

each member indicating the time frame in which his activities are to be executed may be

made ready. A soft copy of this schedule may be collected from each learner by the

guide to follow up.

17. This schedule prepared by each learner need to be documented for checking further

progress of the project.

18. The next few phases of the project may require active guidance of the guide especially

regarding the sources of collecting data, if a sample data is to be collected the number of

units has to be decided, collating the data/fabricating, tryout/analysis and finally coming

out with meaningful conclusions or models or application.

19. Data like models, designs, technical specifications, source code, protocols and original

records need be collected from one authentic source as there will not be any variation.

The teacher may guide the learners to authentic source.

20. Data having limited variability like product/service quality, processes and standards,

procedures need to be collected from a sample as there is a variation. The number of

units from whom (source) the data is to be collected is called sample. The sample needs

to be representative of the expected variation. The decision on the size of the sample

and the number of units need guidance from the teacher. For example, data regarding

the quality of a product/service need be collected from 3 to 5 personnel at different

levels of a service provider or dealers of a product. The numbers given are suggestive

but a guide based on his experience has to make valid suggestions.

21. Data having a wide range of variation like customer satisfaction where the customers are

members of the public need a larger number of units to accommodate the diversity. A

tool like questionnaire with predetermined questions need to be prepared, tried out on a

small sample and finalise the questions. Data may be collected from at least 30 units.

This number is suggested to apply statistical analysis for meaningful conclusions.

Guides may decide on the sample size depending on the accessibility of data.

22. The intention of the above three points viz., 19, 20 and 21 is to ensure objectivity in data

collection i.e., to reduce the subjectivity of the human mind.

23. All the above activities need to be completed before three to four weeks before the end

of V semester (refer the spread sheet related to scheduling).

24. The learners may be instructed to collect data objectively with identified sample during

the next 4 to six weeks which includes the mid semester holidays. This would enable the

learners to visit the field and collect data without the constraint of reporting to institution

and attending classes on a regular basis.

25. The collected data need to be organised and entered to spread sheets or similar formats

for analysis. Qualitative data may be converted to quantitative using a rating scale or

similar data organisation procedures.

26. The result of most analysis on spreadsheet could be obtained in tables or graphs as per

the requirement.

27. Activities mentioned in points 24, 25 and 26 may be carried out by learners during 4 to 8

weeks after commencement of VI semester.

28. Interpretation of the analysed tables and graphs to arrive at meaningful inference. The

guide at this stage may defer his ideas on interpretation allowing the learners to do this.

In case the learners err in the process they may be given corrective feedback.

29. A report of the whole process of doing the project may be written, word processed and

submitted in triplicate.

30. Guides may contact industries and try to solve their problems so that the learners get a

field experience and they get ready for the industry.

31. Innovations and innovative practices may be encouraged among the learners to be

pursued as a project. Developing prototypes, (in simulation or real) trying out feasibility

of new ideas, changing existing systems by adding modules, combining, assembling new

modules and developing new systems may be given higher priority over routine bookish

projects.

32. The schedule of events proposed is for an investigative project as a model. Guides may

alter the prescribed schedule to suit the kind of innovative projects sited in point No.31

above.

33. Industry personnel may be involved in conceiving, executing and evaluating projects.

This gives credibility to the institute and acceptance of learners for absorption into the

company.

GUIDELINES TO LEARNERS TO CARRY OUT A TWO SEMESTER

PROJECT

1. Carry out the project work through the V and VI semesters. Preparation must be done

during the V semester and based on this, field work should be done during the mid

semester vacation and reporting of analysis and inferences should be done in the VI

semester.

2. You have the ability and the level of maturity needed to conceive an innovative and

meaningful project accomplishing which gives you recognition by the industry and

empowers you with the power of knowledge.

3. Understand your strength and weakness and make an effort to find the strength and

weakness of other peers in the team.

4. Complement each other‟s strength rather than compete with peers within the team. This

will enable you to complete a comprehensive and innovative project relevant to the

industrial needs rather than doing a routine copy of what others have done.

5. Seek guidance from the teacher and update him/her about the progress.

6. Be confident about your ability and that of other members of your group. Take extra

efforts to collect information, share with your peers and synthesise your knowledge.

7. Question everything including the ideas of your teacher. Accept the ideas and

instructions which are internally consistent (logical).

8. Involve actively in group activities and contribute towards the tasks.

9. Do not depend too much on the teacher as a source of information, search on your own

and build your knowledge structure. Search for authentic sources like journal articles,

books and authentic sites rather than blogs and tweets.

10. Though brief, record your thoughts and activities including searches immediately.

11. Prepare a schedule for your work on a spread sheet and encourage your peers to do the

same.

12. Show your schedule and that of others to the teacher and get his feedback.

13. Keep reviewing the schedule every fortnight and take corrective steps if needed. For

doing this keep the general guideline schedule given in the curriculum as a backdrop.

14. Tools used for data collection like instruments, testing machines, questions to be asked

and software may be tried out and standardised by the twelfth week of the project. Seek

the teacher‟s help who is experienced in doing this.

15. Collect data dispassionately or objectively (without applying your personal prejudice).

Complete this task before the VI semester begins.

16. While entering data into the spread sheet ask your peer member to verify. This will

ensure accuracy of data entry.

17. Use appropriate mathematics/statistics for calculations. Seek help from external sources

(other than your teacher) if required.

18. The results of your analysis need to be graphically represented and documented. You

may also add photographs and video clips to increase the validity.

19. This task needs to be completed within 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester.

20. Interpret the data (after analysis) and arrive at meaningful inferences on your own in

discussion with your peers. Get it ratified by your teacher. Suggestions from the teacher

may be discussed among your peers and incorporated if they are internally consistent.

21. The project report may be word processed (videos, photographs attached in soft copy)

and submitted in triplicate two weeks before the end of VI semester.

22. Involve passionately in the team work, make constructive contributions and come out

with an industry friendly project which will equip you in your professional development.


Sixth Semester

Subject: Software Testing Lab Q P Code: 9IS62P


Note: Select the programming languages learnt in previous semesters.

(Such as java, PHP, Ruby etc.) .

Testing open source Tools may be used ( Eg. Selenium)

SN TOPIC

1 Understand The Automation Testing Approach (Theory Concept )

2 Using Selenium IDE, Write a test suite containing minimum 4 test cases

3 Conduct a test suite for nay two web sites

4 Install Selenium server and demonstrate it using a script in Java/PHP

5 Write and test a program to login a specific web page

6 Write and test a program to update 10 student records into table into Excel file

7 Write and test a program to select the number of students who have scored more

than 60 in any one subject ( or all subjects )

8 Write and test a program to provide total number of objects present / available on

the page

9 Write and test a program to get the number of list items in a list / combo box

10 Write and test a program to count number of items present on a desktop

References

1. Testing in 30+ Open Source Tools, Rahul Shende, Shroff Publishers &

Distributor Pvt. Ltd, ISBN 13: 9789350231005

( page numbers from 15 to 117 )

2. http://seleniumhq.org/

3. http://sourceforge.net/projects/sahi/

4. http://testng.org/doc/index.html

Scheme of Valuation

1 Record 05

2 Procedure writing 30

3 Execution 40

4 Results 05

5 Viva Voce 20

Total 100

Lab requirements

SN Item Quantity

1 Computers 20

2 Internet Connection : Minimum 2 Mbps Shared for 20


Open Source Software may be encouraged